Home

AppleWorks 5 User`s Manual

1. document amp File Edit Format Calculate Options Window S iH preadsheet menus Sn PE ee ea a and button bar BHARATA ie lt a lo is Geneva vlo vila Eers r Entry bar Mileage SS Add data toa spreadsheet document Expected Actual October 1100 1203 3006 B Mileage 59 SSS A G27 vixi B ES a ojo Ng aje Expected Actual Oja October 1100 1203 a November 3500 3006 December 1100 1388 x Total 5790 n a d A ODEPA ere AO ka 1 ian Expected Actual Gd DEJ Chart October November December Create a chart to add clarity or show data in perspective See chapter 7 Spreadsheet for information about what you can do with spreadsheet documents and spreadsheet frames 1 12 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Database documents Database controls Database documents are useful for managing and organizing collections of information such as address lists student or customer records or research notes In a database document you can accumulate information sort it and print attractive reports You can also perform sophisticated searches to find and work with only the information you want By creating different layouts views of the data you can organize an
2. Address of Address of selected cell upper left cell in the selected range The selected cell has AppleWorks highlights a heavy border the selected cell range To Do this Select a cell range Hold down the mouse button and drag the pointer over the cells you want to select Select a cell range Hold down the mouse button and drag the pointer over the cells you want to select Select an entire row Click the row or column heading or column Select the entire Choose Sdect All from the Edit menu spreadsheet Go to a cell Choose Go To Cell from the Options menu type the cell address for example A42 or R7 and then click OK Go to a named cell or cell Choose the name of the cell or range from the bottom of the x range menu in the entry bar For more information see Naming cells and ranges on page 7 12 AppleWorks provides many ways to modify and correct your data Note You can t edit delete or move data in locked cells To unlock cells select the cells and then choose Unlock Cells from the Options menu Edit data in the entry bar or use AppleWorks commands to check spelling or find and change cell data To Do this Edit the data in a cell Select the cell In the entry bar make your changes and then click YJ to confirm the entry Move the insertion point Click where you want the insertion point to be right or left in the entry bar X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scro
3. AppleWorks Documents vj Worksta Preview Z Address List A Letter Logo al of me Z Map Contents of the Selected documen selected folder or drive Hee gta ac double click a folder Quarterly Spreadshee to show its contents A Traffic Study Click to display a E Show Preview Choose the type of document to Choose the file type for the open such as Painting document to open such as GIF Note If you have the QuickTime extension in your Extensions folder in your System Folder you see Show Preview under the scrolling list in the Open dialog box Selecting Show Preview displays a preview image thumbnail sketch of a selected PICT QuickTime or AppleWorks word processing draw or paint document To create a preview click the Create button when the button is active not dimmed To save an AppleWorks document with a preview image choose Preferences from the Edit menu choose General from the Topic pop up menu select Create Previewin the Saved Documents area and then click OK Then save the document For more information see Setting preferences on page 3 21 Note You can also open a document using the Convert Documents script See Converting documents on page 2 19 Finding documents When you need help locating a document on your computer or in your computer system when you have external drives use the Find AppleWorks Documents Assistant For more information see Usi
4. Creating a macro Deleting a macro Making a shortcut button for a macro Running a macro Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Beyond the basics 9 35 Using AppleScript with AppleWorks The AppleScript application is a system software extension that automates tasks and procedures on computers and in many applications using Apple events AppleScript is included with the System 7 5 software If you have an earlier system version System 7 0 or 7 1 you can license AppleScript separately AppleWorks provides several sample scripts such as a script for converting documents from other applications to AppleWorks format The sample scripts and a database listing the Apple events supported by AppleWorks are in the AppleWorks Scripts folder inside the AppleWorks 5 folder For information on writing your own scripts see the AppleScript documentation For information on In the Help index see The AppleScript application AppleScript Using AppleScript in AppleWorks Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Chapter 10 Communications This chapter explains how to use AppleWorks to establish communication between your computer and another computer All communications features including procedures shortcuts and troubleshooting are describ
5. File Edit Settings Session Window Co er HESAHBSGSSHBSIE acetone m untitled CM 00 23 50 Connected i Sysop The database can give you immediate answers to ques technical notes offer product hints and tips and and added more records of information to our online A communications session With a communications document you can connect to a remote computer and receive send and save data Options are preset for most commonly used settings so all you usually have to do is add the telephone number See chapter 10 Communications for more information about communications documents Where to go from here Now you re ready to start AppleWorks and create some documents of your own If you haven t looked over the section How to start on page 1 1 do so now It shows you how to use the manual and the onscreen Help system together to find information Then go to Starting AppleWorks on page 2 1 Chapter 2 Creating opening and printing documents In the Help index see gt Help finding This chapter provides basic information about using AppleWorks that in general applies to all document types These topics are covered starting and stopping AppleWorks creating and saving documents printing documents For information on working with windows pages libraries and buttons see chapter 3 Basics For information unique to a particular type of document or fra
6. The slide show runs with the options set in the Slide Show dialog box See Setting up slides on page 9 19 To advance to the next slide press Space bar To return to the previous slide press Shift Space bar To stop the slide show at any time press q When you re finished with the slide show click Doneto save any settings you changed or click Cancel to restore the original settings Showing slides remotely over a network You can run a slide show from a different computer on your network so that you don t have to sit in front of the computer displaying the slides Use the gt AppleScript Remote Slide Show script a script is a command that performs one action or sequence of actions In the Help index see 1 Open the slide show document on the computer on which you re showing the slides Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 9 22 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Remote Slide Show 2 On the computer from which you re controlling the slide show open the AppleWorks Scripts folder in the AppleWorks 5 folder and then double click the Remote Slide Show script icon 3 On the Slide Remote palette click BI 4 Select options in the dialog box For Select Zones The zone for the computer on which you re showing the slides you see this option only if your network has more than one zone Macintoshe
7. A header or footer part differs from a page header or footer A page header or footer is text or pictures that appears at the top or bottom of a page in any AppleWorks document except communications It appears on every page of a document unless you create a title page in a word processing document using the Section command A header or footer part appears on every page of a database document To add a page header or footer to a database document in Browse or List mode choose Insert Header or Insert Footer from the Format menu These commands aren t available in Layout mode To display or print summary data on separate pages add a page break before or after a sub summary part In Layout mode choose Insert Part from the Layout menu In the Insert Part dialog box select a summary part and then choose an option for a page break Copying summary data In the Help index see gt summaries database You can copy data in summary fields when you re in page view and when a sub summary leading grand summary or trailing grand summary exists For example copy values from summary fields into a spreadsheet and then display a bar chart using those values To copy summary data choose Browse from the Layout menu then choose Page View from the Window menu Choose Copy Summaries from the Edit menu Open the application or document to hold the copied data and then paste the data for example select an area in the document an
8. Referring to a glossary of AppleWorks terms gt glossary Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 1 6 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Getting additional help Here are more ways to learn about Apple Works To Do this Take an onscreen tour of the most important Choose Introduction to AppleWorks from the AppleWorks features and concepts or Help menu Use automated assistance in creating various Choose New from the File menu and then types of documents such as newsletters and select Use Assistant or Stationery Choose a presentations category from the pop up menu and then select an Assistant from the scrolling list For more information about Assistants see Using an Assistant on page 2 4 Use automated assistance in performing complex Choose AppleWorks Assistants from the tasks such as adding footnotes or tables to a or Help menu document See brief descriptions of AppleWorks buttons and Hold the pointer over the item for a few menus in the button bar when displayed seconds You see information about this item in the Info Line in the lower part of JIMS e the button bar You can also see this Crentes amanina information if you choose Show Balloons felting a the or Help menu To turn off alloon Help choose Hide Balloons Get step by step help for commonly requested Choose Frequently Asked Questions from the tasks
9. Transforming images 6 10 6 13 Translators using to save files 2 18 Transparent charts 7 33 fill 5 3 objects and frames 5 6 5 10 5 19 paint mode 6 7 6 13 Transposing columns and rows 7 7 Troubleshooting troubleshooting Turning off styles 9 11 Typing in database fields 8 13 draw documents 5 20 paint documents 6 14 spreadsheets 7 5 U Underlined text 4 7 Undoing changes 3 11 Ungrouping objects 5 15 Uniform Resource Locator URL See also Links Linking documents creating links to 11 6 using in draw documents 5 21 paint documents 6 17 spreadsheet documents 7 35 word processing documents 4 36 Unit of measure changing for line and paragraph spacing 4 13 tulers 3 13 Unlocking and locking See Locking and unlocking Unprotecting spreadsheet cells 7 6 7 12 nsmoothing objects 5 13 RL See Uniform Resource Locator URL User dictionaries 4 31 ear V v5 0 version suffix on filenames 3 22 Values as lists in databases 8 9 in functions 7 27 7 28 Vertical pane control 3 2 Viewing documents as printed 2 21 fields 8 13 linked frames 9 31 pixels 6 10 records 8 17 VT102 and VT100 tools 10 9 Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Ww Web pages See also HTML files Internet World Wide Web creating 11 4 described 11 3 design tips 11 3 editing 11 10 linking to Uniform Resource Locator URL 11 6 op
10. Word processing documents always appear in page view the screen p 8 ys app pag For instructions on hiding the margins and page guides in a word processing document see Previewing pages for printing on page 3 12 Print one or more AppleWorks In the Finder open the AppleWorks Scripts folder in the documents AppleWorks 5 folder Locate and select the files or folders that contain the files to print Drag the selected items to the Print Documents script icon g gt in the AppleWorks Scripts folder For more information about printing these document types see Printing a spreadsheet document on page 7 21 and Printing a database document on page 8 40 Chapter 3 Basics This chapter provides basic information about working with windows and documents using libraries to store drawings images frames and text that you can reuse later and using the button bar to speed up your work The information in this chapter applies in general to all document types For information unique to a particular document type see the appropriate chapter in this manual All features including procedures and shortcuts are described completely in onscreen Help See Using AppleWorks Help on page 1 3 if you are not familiar with onscreen Help or how this manual and Help work together Working with windows Each document appears in a window which contains standard elements for working with applications You also see elemen
11. format the text Creating a word processing document or frame To f Create a blank In the Help index see E gt frames creating document gt opening Do this Choose New from the File menu click Word Processing and then click OK Or click on the Default button bar If you don t see the button bar choose Show Button Bar from the Window menu Example umia WIP E Msisi Gig a Cj sam Bai bi Ti A word processing document Create a text frame within another type of document Select the text tool choose Show Tools from the Window menu if it isn t visible Then drag the I beam pointer diagonally in the working area of the document to draw a text frame and begin typing In a word processing document hold down the Option key as you draw the frame Atext frame in a draw document amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Text word processing 4 3 About the word processing window rf When you open a word processing document you see the word processing In the Help index see gt drawing tools gt rulers menu bar button bar text ruler page guides and the insertion point The insertion point is a short blinking vertical line that shows where text appears when you type or insert text gt word processing Word processing menus am
12. see gt reports To From the Report pop up menu choose Reuse a named report The report name Ji IBi New Report Change a report Edit Report Select a report from the list and click Modify Edit Reports Make your changes and then click OK CA mail labels Monthly Report weekly Report Selecting a report Rename a report Edit Report Select a report from the list and click Modify Type a new name and then click OK Delete a report Edit Report Select a report from the list click Delete and then click OK Importing data from other documents When you want to work with information from another database you can In the Help index see gt importing gt Insert command import a database created in a different application if AppleWorks supports the format You open the entire database as an AppleWorks document Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Database 8 39 insert information from another AppleWorks database AppleWorks pastes the whole database into the current database insert information from saved ASCII DBF DIF or SYLK formats You select the fields to insert from the other database Any changes you make in AppleWorks affect only the AppleWorks document into which you import or insert the data The document that the data comes from remains unchanged Import
13. 7 24 Regular polygons 5 4 5 5 5 13 See also Objects Relative references 7 22 Reordering paragraphs 4 14 Reports 8 38 Reshaping or smoothing See also Shaping images 6 11 objects 5 13 Resizing database fields 8 32 parts 8 37 rows and columns 8 19 draw documents 5 18 images 6 12 objects 5 12 paint documents 6 16 frames 6 4 spreadsheet charts 7 31 columns and rows 7 17 documents 7 18 frames 7 4 7 18 Resolution and depth paint 6 15 Reverting to a previously saved version of a document 3 11 Roman numerals in page numbers 3 17 Rotating images 6 11 objects 5 15 Rounded rectangles drawing 5 4 5 13 6 5 See also Objects Rows database viewing data in 8 17 8 18 8 19 8 20 spreadsheet changing number of 7 4 headings 7 3 7 20 7 21 inserting and deleting 7 18 resizing 7 17 selecting 7 6 titles 7 19 7 21 transposing with columns 7 7 Rulers changing 3 13 graphics 5 7 text copying settings for 4 14 setting tabs and margins 4 8 4 10 S Saving backup copies 2 9 communications data 10 7 documents 2 8 file formats for 2 18 formatting stationery 2 12 HTML files 11 9 libraries 3 19 Scaling objects 5 12 Scanned pictures 6 15 Scatter chart example 7 30 Scripting AppleScript Scripts Convert Documents 2 20 Mail Merge 9 26 Print Documents 2 21 Remote Slide Show 9 22 Scrollback pane 10 5 10 7 Searches named 8 26 Searching See Finding Section break character 4 25 Section
14. AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Includes instructions for using your software Apple Computer Inc 1998 Apple Computer Inc All rights reserved Under the copyright laws this manual may not be copied in whole or in part without the written consent of Apple Your rights to the software are governed by the accompanying software license agreement The Apple logo is a trademark of Apple Computer Inc registered in the U S and other countries Use of the keyboard Apple logo Option Shift K for commercial purposes without the prior written consent of Apple may constitute trademark infringement and unfair competition in violation of federal and state laws Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate Apple is not responsible for printing or clerical errors Apple Computer Inc 1 Infinite Loop Cupertino CA 95014 2084 408 996 1010 http www apple com Apple the Apple logo AppleScript AppleWorks and the AppleWorks design Macintosh QuickTime and WorldScript are trademarks of Apple Computer Inc registered in the U S and other countries Balloon Help Finder and Macintosh PC Exchange are trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Other company and product names mentioned herein are trademarks of their respective companies Mention of third party products is for informational purposes only and constitutes neither an endorsement nor a recommendation Apple assumes no responsibility with
15. H Spreadsheet El Database a Communications Create New Document Use Assistant or Stationery Create a new word processing document e Cancel OK K Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 2 4 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Document type WP for Word Processing DR for Draw PT for Paint SS for Spreadsheet DB for Database CM for Communications When you create a document you see the window for the selected document type Document name which The order in which the you can change document was created m untitled 3 WP ay Ea S22 EnG AMAA oo el The margins page numbering and display are set up for each type of document You can change these settings by choosing Document from the Format menu Using an Assistant In the Help index see gt Assistants Use an Assistant to lead you step by step in creating specific documents such as a document for addressing envelopes Some Assistants are available when you first create a document and others are available while you re working with a document To use an Assistant when you first create a document choose New from the File menu In the New Document dialog box select Use Assistant or Stationery Choose a category from the pop up menu and then select an Assistant name from the scrolling list
16. To create slides open or create a document You can make a presentation from any document type except communications amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Beyond the basics 9 19 In a word processing document the number of slides matches the number of pages For all other document types you need to set the number of slides you want to include in your presentation For this type of document Do this Draw Choose Document from the Format menu and then type the number of pages one page per slide across and down The slide show is preset to run across first and then down Paint Choose Document from the Format menu and then type the number of pixels 72 to an inch across and down Larger paintings may appear on multiple slides Spreadsheet Choose Document from the Format menu and then type the number of columns across and rows down With the preset column width and row height a single page slide contains 7 columns across and 50 rows down Larger spreadsheets may appear on multiple slides Database Set up a layout that displays one record per page slide one record does not automatically equal one slide Enter the information you want on each page To see what appears on each slide choose Page View from the Window menu Setting up slides Once you have created slides on the pages of a document you can set up the sli
17. amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 4 12 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual To create a list select one or more paragraphs and click the pop up menu on the text ruler and choose a paragraph style Or choose Paragraph from the Format menu and choose a paragraph style such as Bulle Check Box or Numeric from the F pop up menu and then click OK If you don t see the paragraph label on your text type a number such as 25 for Left Indent in the Paragraph dialog box To reorder labeled paragraphs click to the left of a paragraph label and drag the paragraph to a new place in the outline Or choose a Movecommand from the Outline menu In an ordered list AppleWorks relabels the moved item 1 Duis autem 1 Duis autem 4 2 Consectetuer 2 Eon dolor H Lorem ipsum dolor 3 Consectetuer Before After Aligning paragraph text To align a paragraph place the insertion point in the paragraph and click an In the Help index see alignment control on the ruler gt text alignment blandit praesent luptatum blandit praesent luptatum blandit praesent luptatum blandit praesent lupt zzril delenit ie zzril delenit augue zarildelenitaugue atum rate dara duis dolore te feugait duis dolore te feugait duis dolore te feugait EAI t ail F ef e nula facilisi Lorem ipsum nulla facilisi Lorem ipsum nulla facilisi Lorem ipsum Site rst A oa dolor s
18. amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Select an Assistant Creating opening and printing documents 2 5 New Document pleWorks Category All Assistants E Address List Business Cards amp Calendar Certificate Envelope Find AppleWorks Documents Create New Document Use Assistant or Stationery This Assistant helps you create a name and address database Cancel OK You can use other Assistants to help you perform a specific task in a document you ve already opened These Assistants are available in certain types of documents only For example the Assistant for creating tables is available with draw and word processing documents To use an Assistant for the current document choose AppleWorks Assistants from the or Help menu Select an Assistant and then click OK Table Assistant The Table Assistant makes it easy to add complete formatted tables to your document Begin by selecting the type of information you want in your table Select Table Type Days oO Months Quarters O Years Numeric Range oO Custom Days Use this for calendars or to do lists a Aa a Cancel Begin Back Assistant for creating tables 2 6 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual An Assistant prompts you to supply information Based on that infor
19. gt documents converting You can convert multiple documents created with previous versions of the AppleWorks application or with different applications to the current AppleWorks format at one time Use the Convert Documents script a script is a command that performs one action or sequence of actions When you convert documents only a copy is converted the original documents remain in the format used to create them Note To convert a FileMaker Pro file you use instructions different from those that follow See Merging data into documents mail merge on page 9 22 1 In the Finder open the AppleWorks Scripts folder in the AppleWorks 5 folder Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 2 20 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual 2 Locate and select the files or folders that contain the files to convert 3 Drag the selected items to the Convert Documents script icon gt in the AppleWorks Scripts folder 4 If you see an alert click OK You see converted files with the CWK filename extension in their original folder Closing a document and leaving AppleWorks a In the Help index see gt closing gt Quit command Always close documents and windows before you leave AppleWorks or turn off your computer To Do this Close a document Choose Closefrom the File menu Close all documents Hold down the Option key while you choo
20. gt styles using Once you apply a style you can restore an item to its original state by choosing Unapply Stylefrom the Edit menu on the stylesheet palette The name of the command varies depending on the style you applied Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 9 12 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Example Applying and creating styles In this example you type some text and format it with three styles including two custom styles you add to the stylesheet palette You also remove a style from some text in your document Part 1 Type some text and apply a preset style 1 Open a new word processing document as described in Starting AppleWorks on page 2 1 2 Type Camping Supplies and then press Return three times 3 For the next line type Be sure to bring these things on our camping trip and then press Return twice 4 Type the next three lines pressing Return between each line Tent Compass Sleeping bags 5 Select the three lines you typed in step 4 6 Choose Number from the __ pop up menu Footnote Index Hot Text v Body Bullet Checklist Default Footer Footnote Header Diamond Harvard Legal 7 Place the insertion point at the end of the third numbered item and then press Return twice 8 Choose Body from the 2 s____ pop up menu 9 For the last line type We 11 see you at t
21. A Grants B Move Above Subtopics move with topic Up one level Select the topic and choose A Grants 4 Grante i i p B Loans Loans Raise Topic from the Outline Mnstitutional 1 Government menu 2 Government 2 Private Sector 3 Private Sector institutional Raise Topic Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 4 18 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Collapsing and expanding outline topics You can collapse hide or expand show subtopics to highlight main ideas or show more details When the subtopics below a topic are collapsed the topic s paragraph label changes as follows In the Help index see gt collapsing text labels such as Roman numerals numbers and letters are underlined you don t see the underline character when you print diamonds change from black to gray Tip To collapse or expand an item quickly double click it To Do this Example before and after Collapse atopic Select the topic oroutline and A Grants or outline sothat choose Collapse from the B Loans 1 Institutional subtopics are Outline menu 2 Governtient hidden 3 Private Sector Expand atopic Select the topic or outline and PETREA ran A Grants or outline so that choose Expand from the BE B leans subtopics are Outline menu 1 Institutional ici 2 Government visible 3 Private Sector Expand the Clic
22. Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic In the Help index see gt filling cells Spreadsheet 7 9 To copy cell contents including formulas into adjacent cells drag to select the cells with the data to duplicate and continue dragging down or to the right over the cells you want to fill Then choose Fill Down or Fill Right from the Calculate menu Result of a formula Fill Right Selected cells AppleWorks copies the formula to the selected cells Use the Fill Special command in the Calculation menu to fill cells with a logical series of numbers times or dates a day Monday month January or quarter name Qtr 1 any pattern of text or data For example you can prepare a schedule by filling a range of cells with times and another range of cells with the days of the week To fill a range of cells with a logical series or a repeated pattern of data select the cells and then choose Fill Specia from the Calculate menu Select options and click OK For a complete description of the Fill Special command see onscreen Help Fill Special Cells filled with a Selected cells AppleWorks fills the sequence of times selected cells with data Formatting cell data In the Help index see gt spreadsheets gt spreadsheets formatting You can change the format of any part of your spreadsheet Start by selecting t
23. Creating a document on page 2 2 for more information about Assistants Outlining An outline summarizes the major ideas of a written work in topics major headings and subtopics subordinate ideas You can indent the subtopics to different levels to show their relative importance in the outline In the Help index see gt outlines As you re organizing your ideas move topics up or down to change their level Hide collapse subtopics to highlight main ideas and show expand subtopics to focus on small details amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Text word processing 4 15 AppleWorks provides three preset outlines for you to use You can modify the preset outline or create new outline styles For information on modifying styles see Modifying an outline style on page 4 19 To create a style see Using styles on page 9 5 I Planning 1 Planning Planning II Funding 2 Funding Funding A Grants 24 Grants Grants Pe Loans 2 2 Loans seans setts 1 Institutional 2 2 1 Institutional gt Institutional 2 Government 22 2 Government eGovernment 3 Private Sector 2 2 3 Private Sector Private Sector III Building 3 Building o Building Harvard format Legal format Diamond format You can add an outline at any point in a text document or frame by choosing an outline label from the pop up menu on the text ruler T
24. gt hiding gt resizing spreadsheet cells To resize rows or columns by specifying a size select the rows or columns to change Then choose Row Height or Column Width from the Format menu type a new measurement type 0 to hide the row or column or select Use default to revert to the default row or column size and then click OK To resize or hide rows or columns by using the mouse move the pointer to the bottom of the row heading or to the right edge of the column heading to change The pointer becomes a double arrow P Resize pointer To Do this Resize a row or column Drag the pointer until the row or column is the desired size Hide a row or column Drag the pointer up or to the left until the row or column disappears Restore a hidden row or column Drag the pointer down or to the right until the row or column reappears Resize rows and columns to the Double click the divider at the bottom of the row smallest size that holds the data heading or at the right edge of the column heading You see the double arrow when you re in the right place Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 7 18 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Inserting and deleting cells rows and columns In the Help index see gt spreadsheets arranging Important When you delete a cell column or row you also delete its data To insert or de
25. regard to the performance or use of these products Simultaneously published in the United States and Canada Contents Chapter 1 Introduction Registration and customer support 1 1 How to start 1 1 Using Help and the User s Manual together 1 2 Using AppleWorks Help 1 3 Opening and closing AppleWorks Help 1 3 Using the Help window 1 3 Using the AppleWorks onscreen Help index 1 4 Learning more about onscreen Help 1 5 Getting additional help 1 6 Working with AppleWorks 1 6 What s a document 1 7 Document types 1 7 Text word processing documents 1 8 Draw documents 1 9 Paint documents 1 10 Spreadsheet documents 1 11 Database documents 1 12 Communications documents 1 13 Where to go from here 1 13 Chapter 2 Creating opening and printing documents Starting AppleWorks 2 1 Creating a document 2 2 Creating a blank document 2 3 Using an Assistant 2 4 Using stationery 2 7 Saving a document 2 8 Opening a document 2 10 Finding documents 2 11 Linking to other documents 2 12 Saving document formatting as templates stationery 2 12 Setting up regular stationery 2 12 Setting up default stationery 2 13 Creating stationery 2 13 Opening stationery 2 15 IV AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Identifying your documents Protecting documents with passwords Importing and exporting documents Converting documents Closing a document and leaving AppleWorks Printing a document or Help topic Chapter 3 Basics Working with wind
26. see gt frames creating gt text frames To add text or a spreadsheet to a paint document 1 Click the text or spreadsheet tool move the pointer into the document and then drag to draw the frame 2 Choose options from the Font Size and Style menus and then type the text or numbers 3 When you finish click outside the frame The frame contents become part of the painting You can change the pixels that make up the image but you can t edit the contents by using text or spreadsheet commands Tip To include a spreadsheet frame in a painting create and add data to the spreadsheet frame in a draw or text document and then copy the frame and paste it in the paint document Text in a painting Spreadsheet in a painting Creating text effects Add interesting visual effects to text by creating a text frame in a paint document Try typing a newsletter title in an outline font style Zoom in to enlarge your view of the title and then use the paint bucket to add a gradient or texture to each letter Finish by selecting the title and changing its perspective choose Perspective from the Transform menu amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Adding clip art a a ee In the Help index see gt artwork inserting gt copying gt libraries overview Painting 6 15 You can incorporate AppleWorks clip art and other
27. 6 8 7 8 7 8 8 8 10 8 11 8 12 8 13 8 14 8 15 8 15 8 16 8 17 8 17 8 18 8 18 8 19 8 20 8 21 8 22 8 24 8 24 8 24 8 26 8 27 8 28 X AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Understanding layouts Creating a layout Editing a layout Deleting duplicating and renaming a layout Changing the appearance of data Presenting and summarizing data with parts Copying summary data Resizing and deleting parts Creating reports Importing data from other documents Printing a database document Printing labels Closing up space when you print Chapter 9 Beyond the basics Creating links Creating book marks Creating document links Editing links Deleting links Going to a specific link Sorting links Using styles About the stylesheet palette Styles in documents and frames Applying a style Creating a style Turning off a style Example Applying and creating styles Editing styles Copying pasting and deleting styles and properties Importing and exporting styles Creating a slide presentation Creating slides Setting up slides Reordering slides Showing the slides using one computer Showing slides remotely over a network Merging data into documents mail merge 8 28 8 30 8 32 8 33 8 34 8 36 8 37 8 37 8 38 8 38 8 40 8 40 8 40 9 1 9 2 9 2 9 4 9 4 9 5 9 5 9 5 9 6 9 8 9 9 9 10 9 11 9 12 9 15 9 17 9 17 9 18 9 18 9 19 9 21 9 21 9 21 9 22 Setting up the database Preparing the merge document Printing t
28. 6 16 About the paint window When you open a paint document or create a paint frame you see the paint menus and the tool panel File Edit Format Transform Options Window A Paint menus HaiHtaka Sata See AUSESIale Buttons for common tasks in paint documents untitled PT Tool panel 4 a i ns Working with paint frames In the Help index see gt frames working in gt paint frames Handles show that the and frames A paint frame provides a view into a painting A paint frame is like any other object You can move it resize it change or delete the border or apply a fill color Within a frame you have full access to the paint tools and commands B TTT Z 3 Mee m Go T Cee r AA r D a L L L B A A Lorem ipsum dolor st amet consectetuer adipiscing el A nonummy nbh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore mag erat volutpat Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam quis nost tation ullamcorper suscipt lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea consequat Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrer velit esse molestie consequat vel illum dolore eu feugi frame is selected facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissit praesert lup tatum zzril dent augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi dolor sitamet consectetuer a
29. 7 10 formatting in databases 8 20 8 34 spreadsheets 7 10 sorting paragraphs by 4 14 O Objects See also Arcs Bezigons Circles drawing Freehand objects Lines Polygons Rectangles drawing Regular polygons Rounded rectangles drawing Squares drawing arranging 5 15 borders of 5 3 5 10 changing appearance of 5 9 orientation of 5 15 coloring 5 10 connecting 5 14 copying attributes of 5 11 one or more 5 9 deleting 5 9 described 5 3 drawing tools 5 4 duplicating 5 9 filling 5 10 grouping and ungrouping 5 15 5 16 inserting in text 4 34 locking and unlocking 5 16 moving 5 8 pasting 3 10 reshaping or smoothing 5 13 scaling 5 12 selecting 5 6 selection preferences 3 22 storing in libraries 3 18 Online service 10 2 Onscreen Help See Help Opaque paint mode 6 7 6 13 Opening button bar 3 6 documents AppleWorks 2 10 Assistants 2 4 from different applications 2 18 linked 9 3 new 2 2 stationery templates 2 7 HTML files 11 10 libraries 3 19 palettes fill and pen 5 9 library 3 19 links 9 2 mail merge 9 24 stylesheet 9 5 Operators 7 23 8 25 Options stationery 2 13 Order keys 7 11 Outdenting indented paragraphs 4 11 Outline styles 4 19 9 7 Outlines 4 14 4 18 Ovals drawing 5 4 See also Objects Overlapping document windows 3 3 images 6 2 6 7 objects 5 15 6 2 P Page view 2 21 3 12 Pages adding to draw documents 5 18 breaking in documents database 8 3
30. 7 11 Spaces non breaking 4 5 Spelling See also Dictionaries Thesaurus checking 4 30 user dictionaries 4 32 Splitting windows into panes 3 2 Spray can 6 5 Spreadsheet documents See also Charts Formulas Functions Spreadsheet frames e bullets in cells 7 23 book marks in 7 35 creating 7 3 described 1 11 7 3 entering data in 7 5 errors 7 25 font default for 7 10 movies in 9 31 page breaks in 7 20 pictures adding to 7 33 preferences for 3 21 3 22 printing 7 21 resizing 7 18 slides in 9 19 text frames adding to 7 33 when to use 7 1 Spreadsheet frames See also Charts Frames Spreadsheet documents changing 7 4 7 5 creating in any document 7 3 draw documents 5 20 paint documents 6 14 spreadsheet documents 7 3 word processing documents 4 20 described 7 4 linking 9 29 opening and closing 7 4 point of origin 7 4 resizing 7 18 showing and hiding 7 31 tables as text 4 20 7 2 Spreadsheet tool 3 4 Spreadsheet documents links to different or same document 7 35 Spreadsheets and databases differences 7 2 Squares drawing 5 4 See also Objects SS document type 2 4 Stacking windows 3 3 Starting AppleWorks 2 1 Stationery creating AppleWorks 2 12 default Options 2 13 envelope 9 27 described 2 12 opening 2 7 opening with password 2 17 Storing text and art in libraries 3 18 Styles applying 9 9 9 12 9 14 changing for outlines 4 19 text 4 7 text frames 4 6 copying pastin
31. Basic Resets the fill and pen palettes for the next image you paint or resets text attributes for the next text you type You can t select part of a painting and apply a style Instead use styles to set the pen and fill palettes before you begin Spreadsheet documents and frames Basic Formats individual cells with any format available to you in a spreadsheet Paragraph Formats entire paragraphs in individual cells with any attributes available to you for example indents paragraph labels and basic style attributes Table SS Formats a selected table or range of cells with varying fonts font sizes styles alignment options background colors borders and date time and number formats Database Basic Formats text and objects in Layout mode rows and columns in List mode and text in text fields in Browse mode Paragraph Formats fields in Layout mode amp Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Beyond the basics 9 9 Applying a style In the Help index see gt styles using To apply a style using the pop up menu place the insertion point in a paragraph or select several paragraphs and choose a style If you don t see the pop up menu choose Show Button Bar from the Window menu If you select a style before typing the next text you type uses the selected style Bullet v
32. Copying cell data filling 7 9 images 6 9 layouts 8 29 8 33 library items 3 20 objects 5 9 records 8 15 styles 9 17 E Editing styles 4 19 9 15 Electronic mail See also Internet World Wide Web sending and receiving on Internet 11 10 Elements chart 7 30 Email See Electronic mail Endnotes See Footnotes Enlarged view See Zooming Enter key changing preferences for 3 22 Envelope Assistant 2 6 9 27 Envelopes addressing 2 6 9 27 Eraser 6 5 Errors memory 6 16 spreadsheet in cells 7 25 e bullets in cells 7 23 formula 7 25 troubleshooting troubleshooting Expanding outlines 4 18 palettes 3 8 Exporting AppleWorks documents 2 18 dictionaries 4 33 HTML files 11 9 styles 9 17 Eyedropper 5 11 6 6 F FAQ See Frequently Asked Questions Fields See also Database documents Layouts Records adding 8 12 8 32 aligning 8 32 calculation 8 9 8 11 8 12 changing 8 12 coloring 8 34 defining naming 8 3 8 7 8 12 deleting 8 12 described 8 2 entering data in 8 13 labels hiding 8 34 moving 8 32 multimedia 8 9 number of characters in text 8 8 options entry for 8 10 resizing 8 32 selecting 8 13 summary 8 9 8 11 8 12 tab order changing 8 15 text attributes of 8 20 8 34 types of 8 3 8 8 8 12 File formats database 8 39 saving for export 2 18 reuse stationery 2 12 File transfer 10 8 FileMaker Pro exporting and importing 8 40 Fill command paint 6 12 Filling cell
33. Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Arranging objects In the Help index see gt objects arranging Drawing 5 15 To align rotate flip or group the objects you draw or to change how they overlap select the object or objects to arrange and then choose a command from the Arrange menu Start by selecting one or more objects To Align objects to the autogrid Select the object s and choose this command from the Arrange menu Align to Grid Example before and after Align objects to each other or distribute space evenly between objects Align Objects In the Align Objects dialog box select a Top to Bottom and Left to Rght option click Apply and then click OK You can also choose the appropriate button on the Default button bar Min An fin Mi Rotate objects freely Free Potate Select the object to rotate and drag a corner handle Then choose Free Rotate again es ee Rotate objects Rotate Type a value for the degree of rotation and then click OK DA D Flip objects Flip Horizontally or Flip Vertically art av Group two or more objects into a single object Group wh ws Separate grouped objects Ungroup You can ungroup objects more than once if necessary Di af Change how objects overlap Move Forward Move To Front Move Backward or Move To Back il A i Important If
34. Kg double click the Mail Merge script icon Mail Merge 2 Click FileMaker Database select the database you want to convert and then click Open 3 Click AppleWorks Document select the AppleWorks document you want to merge with the database data and then click Open 4 On the import from FileMaker Pro palette select the fields you want in your AppleWorks database and click Move 5 Click Import The script converts your database to AppleWorks format and opens the AppleWorks mail merge palette You can then follow the instructions in the previous two sections to perform the mail merge amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Beyond the basics 9 27 Addressing envelopes If your printer can be set up to print on envelopes you can address envelopes in AppleWorks If you can t print directly on envelopes you may want to print your addresses on address labels See Printing labels on page 8 40 Using the Envelope Assistant In the Help index see gt Assistants Use the Envelope Assistant if you want AppleWorks to step you through addressing an envelope that you can print You can have the Assistant help you type an address and place it on the page or you can have it format an envelope with an address you ve already typed To have the Assistant help you type an address and place it on the page start AppleWorks and then
35. Links E Choose from the links palette menus r Introduction Chapter 4 synopsis List of links for the current document If you want to create a folder for book marks choose New Folder from the Special menu on the links palette type a name for the folder and then click OK Choose New Book Mark from the Links menu on the links palette In the New Book Mark dialog box type a name for the book mark select a folder from the pop up menu if you want and then click OK To go to a book mark you created see Going to a specific link on page 9 5 Creating document links In the Help index see gt links gt URL links You can create a document link from text a spreadsheet cell paint image frame or object such as a graphic object in a drawing to a different document For example create a link from statistics in a financial report to the original data in a spreadsheet When other people view your report onscreen they can also see how you obtained your results by clicking the link to open the spreadsheet Note The following steps describe how to create a link from one document to another or to another area in the same document To create a link to a URL see Linking Web pages on page 11 6 amp Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Beyond the basics 9 3 The pointer changes to 8 wh
36. November December Double click to restore the window amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Arranging windows AppleWorks can tile or stack open document windows so they are arranged In the Help index see gt Stack Windows command neatly on the screen To Do this Tile windows in Click EE on the a grid Default button bar or choose Tile Windows from the Window menu Basics 3 3 Example Fie Eat Stack windows Choose Stack Windows so they are from the Window layered withthe menu upper left corner of each window visible File Edit Format Cokulat Stacked windows Tip To bring a document to the front choose its name from the Window menu Going to a page To go directly to a page double click the page indicator at the bottom of the window type the number of the page you want and then click OK If you don t see the page indicator choose Page View from the Window menu In the Help index see gt going to a page alad Page 1 Page indicator Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 3 4 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Using the tool panel In the Help index see gt tools The tool panel contains icon
37. The frame tools appear Rk A Circle drawn ina spreadsheet document Note You can create pictures by either drawing or by painting For information about painting and how it differs from drawing see chapter 6 Painting About the draw window In the Help index see gt draw documents gt grids gt rulers gt tools Tool panel When you open a new draw document you see the draw menus tool panel and graphics grid a guide you can use to size position and align objects Draw menus File Edit Format Arrange Options Window v4 ls BI se I PNG HABA Ssilels aaSicielZ BAW sIcslelzs ka Buttons for common tasks in draw documents Helvetica z 12 x A j Default yy E vend agp ppp untitled DR RIALO O S gt emelje E m M pa m3 bal and frames Working area with graphics grid Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Drawing 5 3 What are objects In the Help index see gt objects creating A drawing is made of objects separate elements such as rectangles lines and text as well as paint and spreadsheet frames Think of a drawing as a collage in which you c
38. The formula in cell A3 is A1 A2 If The formula in cell A3 is A 1 A 2 you copy the data in cell A3 to B3 If you copy the data in cell A3 to B3 the the formula becomes B1 B2 formula is still A 1 A 2 X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Circular reference Spreadsheet 7 23 Circular references Avoid circular references in a spreadsheet A circular reference occurs when two or more cells refer to each other for example when cell Al contains B2 3 and cell B2 contains A1 4 A circular reference also occurs when a cell refers to itself for example in the formula AI10 SUM A1 A10 AppleWorks marks cells that contain circular references with bullets To turn off the markings choose Display from the Options menu and then deselect Mark circular refs Entering formulas In the Help index see gt arithmetic operators gt spreadsheets calculations You can type each of the formula elements or have AppleWorks enter cell references and functions for you To enter a formula select the cell where you want the formula s result to go and type an equal sign in the entry bar Type the formula after the equal sign you can put a space before or after any operators and then click x to confirm your entry Tip You can quickly total the values in selected cells and display the result in the row or column cell adjacent to
39. User s Manual Entry bar 2 Click cell B3 type an equal sign in the entry bar and then click cells A1 A2 and Cl AppleWorks inserts the addition operator between each cell reference Your spreadsheet should look like this Address of the selected cell Operators Formula The formula s result goes in the selected cell To change the formula for example to use a different operator use the text editing techniques described in Editing data on page 7 6 3 Click YJ to confirm the entry AppleWorks adds the numbers and displays the result 950 in cell B3 If the result doesn t appear as you expect check to be sure that you started the formula with an equal sign Working with functions In the Help index see gt functions AppleWorks provides functions or built in routines that you can use alone or include in a formula Use functions to perform computations such as summing a group of numbers or deriving a square root without having to type the entire formula You can use a function by itself in a formula or you can combine it with other values operators cell references and functions For an example of a simple function see Example Using the AVERAGE function on page 7 28 Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Spreadsheet 7 27 AppleWorks provides over 10
40. and picture 3 11 Closing documents 2 20 CM document type 2 4 Collapsing outlines 4 18 palettes 3 8 Colors See also Palettes changing in charts 7 33 databases 8 20 8 34 objects 5 10 outlines 4 15 text 4 7 text frames 4 6 5 20 copying from images 6 6 objects and frames 5 11 paint images setting 6 6 preferences for 3 22 tinting and shading paint 6 12 6 13 Column guides 4 22 Columns database labels for 8 40 layouts for 8 18 8 30 8 31 moving and formatting 8 20 resizing 8 19 8 20 selecting 8 18 spreadsheet changing number of 7 4 headings 7 3 7 20 inserting and deleting 7 18 printing headings for 7 21 resizing 7 17 selecting 7 6 titles 7 19 7 21 transposing with rows 7 7 text as linked frames 4 22 9 29 9 31 in word processing documents 4 21 4 23 varying on a page 4 27 Commas in numbers 7 10 Communications documents capturing data in 10 7 concepts 10 2 connection setting up 10 4 tools for 10 9 creating 10 3 cutting copying and pasting in 3 10 data working with 10 5 described 1 13 10 1 10 3 log on macros for 10 8 phone book 10 3 10 8 phone calls placing 10 4 10 8 receiving 10 4 printing 10 7 saving 10 7 scrollback pane 10 5 sending files from 10 8 session described 10 2 printing during 10 7 settings for 10 9 spelling checking in 4 31 tools for 10 9 when to use 10 1 Communications tools 10 9 Contents Help 1 3 Continue indicators 9 29 Controls database 8 16 increase or de
41. cell it means the column is too narrow to display the number To widen the column select the column and then increase its width by choosing Column Width from the Format menu Type a width and then click OK For more information on changing the size of a column see Resizing or hiding rows and columns on page 7 17 Before After AppleWorks tells you if it can t evaluate a formula you ve entered Error messages start with the symbol and end with an exclamation point or you may see a message on the screen Check your formula for the correct placement of parentheses be sure parentheses are correctly paired and check to see that you have entered operators between the cell references For more spreadsheet and formula tips see onscreen Help Examples Entering formulas These examples show how to use formulas to add numbers Example 1 Simple arithmetic To enter a formula that sums three numbers 1 Click a cell to make it active 2 Type 12 3 5 in the entry bar 3 Click J to confirm the entry AppleWorks sums the numbers and displays the result 10 in the cell Tip To total the value quickly select the cells and click on the Default button bar Example 2 Using cell references To sum three numbers using cell references 1 Type 75 150 and 725 as shown here X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 7 26 AppleWorks 5
42. choose New from the File menu Select Use Assistant or Stationery and then select Envelope in the scrolling list and click OK The Assistant prompts you to complete the steps required to address the envelope To have the Assistant format an envelope with an address you ve already typed select every line of the recipient s address and choose AppleWorks Assistants from the 7 or Help menu Select Address Envelope from the scrolling list and click OK Setting up and creating envelope stationery In the Help index see gt envelopes gt stationery creating To set up the envelope stationery create a draw document Choose Page Setup from the File menu From the Paper pop up menu choose an envelope setting and an orientation horizontal for standard business envelopes and then click OK Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 9 28 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual To create the envelope stationery click the text tool A click in the document where you want the beginning of the sending address to go and then type an address or placeholder text Be sure to press Return at the end of every line of text You may have to resize the address by dragging its handles Repeat to place text for the return address RETURN ADDRESS PENDING ADDRESS Address text frame AIR MAIL Choose SaveAs from the File menu and save the docu
43. click in the cell or at the top left cell for a range where you want the selection to go You can also use the mouse to drag the cells to another location on the spreadsheet Transpose a column of data into a row or a row of data into a column Choose Cut from the Edit menu Then select the target cell or range and choose Paste Special from the Edit menu In the Paste Special dialog box click Transpose Rows and Columns and then click OK Transposed data overwrites any existing data Important When you move cells that are part of an absolute reference in a formula be sure to move the entire range of cells in the calculation X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 7 8 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Copying and deleting data Copy and delete procedures are the same throughout AppleWorks The AppleWorks spreadsheet also provides other methods to copy and delete eee Sees See In the Help index see gt entering spreadsheet data data To Copy or cut cell contents and formatting Do this Select the cells you want to work with Then on the Default button bar click G to copy or to cut or choose Copy or Cut from the Edit menu You can also copy cell contents by pressing Option and dragging the cells to a new location on the spreadsheet Copy only the value of a cell that contains a formula Select the source cell or
44. data 7 9 images 6 5 6 6 6 12 objects and frames 5 10 Fills copying from objects 5 11 described 5 3 Filters See Translators Finances home 2 6 Find Document Assistant 2 6 Find mode database 8 2 8 24 Find requests and merging data 9 24 and record numbers 8 26 described 8 24 saving named searches 8 26 Finding documents 2 6 formatting characters 4 30 library items 3 20 records and matching 8 24 8 28 synonyms 4 32 X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic text and changing 4 29 in onscreen Help Help searching Flipping images 6 11 objects 5 15 Fonts attributes changing 4 7 changing in databases 8 20 8 34 outlines 4 19 spreadsheets 7 10 text 4 7 text frames 4 6 5 20 default changing 3 22 displaying in menu 3 22 in paintings 6 14 Footer part See Parts database Footers dates and times in 3 16 in database documents 8 37 inserting 3 14 on title pages 3 15 4 21 page numbers in 3 17 previewing 3 12 removing 3 15 Footnotes deleting 4 29 inserting at end of document 4 28 inserting at end of page 4 28 inserting using Assistant 2 6 4 28 Foreign language text WorldScript Formats copying cell 7 10 paragraph 4 14 saving stationery 2 13 Formatting cell data 7 9 dates times and numbers in databases 8 20 8 34 documents 7 21 8 8 spreadsheets 7 10 outlines 4 17 4 19 paragraphs 4 8 4 14 pictures in database fiel
45. documents 4 4 word count 4 33 wrapping around pictures 4 35 at end of line 4 4 in spreadsheet cells 7 10 Text clippings 3 11 Text cursor See Insertion point Text fields 8 8 Text formatting characters 4 6 4 30 Text frames See also Frames Text Word processing documents changing attributes in 4 6 5 10 5 20 creating in any document 4 2 database layouts 8 32 draw documents 5 20 paint documents 6 14 spreadsheet documents 7 34 word processing documents 4 2 described 4 2 linking 9 29 reshaping and resizing 4 4 sorting in 4 14 working with 4 3 Text ruler See Rulers Text tool word processing 3 4 3 9 Textures See also Palettes copying from objects 5 11 custom creating editing patterns and textures setting for database fields 8 34 images 6 6 objects 5 9 Thesaurus 4 32 See also Spelling Tiling windows 3 3 Times conventions for 3 16 current in databases 8 13 text 3 16 3 17 formatting in databases 8 8 8 34 spreadsheets 7 10 recording automatically 8 9 Tint command 6 12 paint mode 6 7 6 13 Title page 3 15 Titles document 2 16 spreadsheet chart 7 30 7 33 locking 7 19 printing 7 21 Tools arrow pointer 3 4 3 9 drawing 5 4 frame paint spreadsheet text 3 9 painting 6 4 panels described 3 4 selecting drawing 5 3 for repeated use 5 5 frame 3 9 painting 6 5 selection rectangle paint 6 8 showing and hiding 3 4 Topics in outlines 4 14 Trailing grand summary See Parts database
46. draw document By setting up your draw document to use multiple pages down and across you can produce a large drawing or newsletter or draw an object larger than one page You can drag objects from page to page until you have the arrangement you want In the Help index see Document command To change the number of pages in a draw document choose Document from the Format menu In the Document dialog box type values in the Pages Across and Pages Down boxes and then click OK Creating custom colors pattems gradients and textures To customize colors patterns gradients and textures in AppleWorks you In the Help index see can gt editing colors and gradients 3 i gt editing patterns and textures add colors patterns gradients and textures to the fill palettes palettes preferences add colors and patterns to the pen palettes use 256 color palettes from the Palettes folder which is in the AppleWorks folder in the Application Support folder in the System Folder or other applications Each palette has its own editor that you open by double clicking a color pattern gradient or texture in a palette Complete instructions are in onscreen Help X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Drawing 5 19 Adding clip art You can incorporate AppleWorks clip art and other types of art in a drawing Anything that you
47. formula A specific value Click the field name click the fF City Petaluma operator and then type the value in double quotation marks Selects restaurants in Petaluma Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 8 28 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual In Browse or List mode To match records choose Match Records from that contain the Organize menu and then Example formula A specific value in Click the NUMTOTEXT number NUMTOTEXT Type Italian a pop up menu or function and replace number by radio button field selecting it and clicking the field Z Selects the Italian restaurants name Click the operator and then type the value in double quotation marks A selected or Click the field name and click Reviewed true deselected the operator Then type true checkbox field to find selected fields or false to find deselected Selects the reviewed restaurants fields A value that s Click the AND logical1 logical2 AND Aug Price gt 5 Avg Price lt 15 more than one function and then replace value and less than _ logical logical2 with the values Finds the restaurants with meal prices more another value you want separating each witha than 5 but less than 15 comma A date that is later Click the field name click the gt pa visited gt TEXT TODATE 12 31 96 than the specified ope
48. from the Edit menu Then select Page Number to insert the page number or Document Page Count to insert the total number of pages in the document Page number inserted in a footer A fixed page number Hold down Option as you choose that does not update Insert Page from the Edit menu whenever pages are added or removed AppleWorks is preset to paginate a document using numbers To use Roman numerals or letters choose an option from the Representation pop up menu in the Insert Page Number dialog box To set the starting page number choose Document from the Format menu enter a number for Start at Page in the Document dialog box and then click OK You can also number sections in a word processing document See Numbering sections on page 4 27 Setting margins In the Help index see gt Show Margins command AppleWorks presets the margins for each type of document For these document types Margins are set to Word processing 1 inch on all sides Spreadsheet 0 5 inch on all sides Draw paint database The smallest possible margin for the type of printer you ve chosen Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 3 18 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual To change the margins for a document choose Document from the Format menu to show the Document dialog box Type the margin widths you want in the Top Bottom Left an
49. from the Representation pop up menu Adding footnotes and endnotes In the Help index see gt footnotes E EES In the Help index see gt Assistants Annotate your documents with footnotes notes at the bottom of a page or endnotes notes at the end of a document To add footnotes or endnotes to a document place the insertion point where you want the footnote reference and choose Insert Footnote from the Format menu You can later change a footnote to an endnote in the Document dialog box explained in the table on the next page AppleWorks assigns the footnote an incremental number and creates space at the end of the page or document for the footnote or endnote text As you type the footnote text the document text adjusts to accommodate the length of the footnote When you re finished typing the footnote text click the main text area or press Enter USIMOD Loem ipsum dolor sit amet cibsectetyer aduouscubg ekut sed diam nonummy nibh euismod anon tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat Ut wisi enim ad minim beniam quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex easden commodo cosequat Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in bulputate velit esse molestie consequat vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilsis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio 2 Loem ipsum dolor sit amet cibsectetyer aduouscubg ekut sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
50. have a white fill color until you click another tool Lines tool panel If you don t see the tool panel choose Show Tools from the Window Click to retrace your path through Help Click dotted text to see a definition draw solid black lines one point wide To draw an object click a tool and drag the crosshair pointer in the drawing area Release the mouse button when the object is the size you want To use a tool repeatedly double click the tool You can draw shapes of that type Click an underlined title for more information on drawing a specific shape Click underlined text to Rectangles and squares Rounded rectangles jump to atopic or see a list of related topics Note Whenever you open AppleWorks Help you start the QuickHelp application which runs independently of AppleWorks This means you can open AppleWorks Help even when AppleWorks isn t running To do so double click AppleWorks Hdp in the AppleWorks folder in the Application Support folder in the System Folder Using the AppleWorks onscreen Help index You can search for topics in the onscreen Help index by looking through an alphabetical list of words or phrases much like using a book index To browse through the index click in the onscreen Help window Scroll through the alphabetical list or type the first few letters of the entry you re looking for To see one screen of entries at a time press Page Down or Page Up on a
51. isn Street Resized row Before Customer Street Adventure Books 0 Aspen Lane Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 8 20 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Moving columns and formatting data As you work in List mode you can change the position of a column or the appearance of data in a column or row aM a In the Help index see gt List mode To Move a column Do this Move the pointer to the column heading The pointer changes to this Drag the column to the new position Example Pointer Postal State 99332 Q Before After Change the Double click the column a ba A format of a heading choose options in the Number Format column of Format dialog box and then click teneral Esminis number date or Currency Negatives in time fields O Percent eee Scientific Precision 2 Fixed Change the appearance of text in a column Double click the column heading and select options in the Text Style dialog box Or select the column and choose from the Font Style Size and Text Color pop up menus in the button bar Change the appearance of all the text fields in one or more rows Select the rows and choose from the Font Style Size and Text Color pop up menus in the button bar Your changes don t aff
52. laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat Ut wisi enim ad minim beniam quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex easden commodo cosequat 3 Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in bulputate velit esse molestie consequat vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilsis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio te feugait nulla faclisi T Dolore magna Aliquam erat 1972 2 Esse Molestie consequat 1987 3 Feugiat nulla facilsis Footnotes Endnotes If you need help adding or formatting footnotes or endnotes use the AppleWorks Assistant for inserting footnotes Choose AppleWorks Assistants from the or Help menu Select Insert Footnote and then click OK See Creating a document on page 2 2 for more information about Assistants amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Text word processing 4 29 To set options for footnotes and endnotes in the Document dialog box choose Document from the Format menu Then To Do this in the Document dialog box Change all the footnotes in the document to Select At Bottom of Page or At End of Document endnotes or change all the endnotes to footnotes Use footnote characters other than numbers Deselect Automatic Numbering such as or Start numbering footnotes at a number other Type a number for Start At than 1 When you move and
53. menu If you select part of a document that contains a link and then delete the selection the links are also deleted amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Beyond the basics 9 5 Going to a specific link In the Help index see gt links Sorting links In the Help index see gt links Using styles In the Help index see gt styles To go to the location of a specific book mark or link within a document 1 Open the document containing the book mark or link to go to 2 Choose Show Links Palette from the Window menu 3 From the pop up menu on the links palette choose the type of link to go to 4 Click the name in the list and then choose Go to Link for the selected link type from the Links menu If a link you want is in a folder open the folder by clicking the triangle next to the folder name and then click the link name To display book marks or links in the links palette by name alphabetically or by position from first to last as they appear in the document 1 Open the document containing the book marks and links to sort 2 Choose Show Links Palette from the Window menu 3 Choose Sort By Name or Sort By Position from the Special menu on the links palette Your selection applies to links of all types in the current document Folders always appear at the end of list of links sorted alph
54. menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 8 4 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Part 1 Start a new database document 1 If AppleWorks isn t running start AppleWorks as described in Starting AppleWorks on page 2 1 2 Click on the Default button bar Or choose New from the File menu In the New Document dialog box select Database and then click OK You see the Define Database Fields dialog box where you set up database fields Define Database Fields Field Name Field Type New field names appear here Field Name Field Type Modig Type a field ngme and select a field type bed Type the field names here Select a field type here Part 2 Define two fields 1 In the Field Name box type Continent and then click Create 2 In the Field Name box type Count ry replacing the field name Continent and then click Create Field Name Field Type Continent Text 3 Click Done You see the first record of your database in Browse mode Database 8 5 Type field values here Continent I Field names Country Part 3 Enter two values into the fields 1 Click in the Continent field and type Europe If the entire record becomes highlighted it means you clicked outside the field To select a field click inside the field borders Don t click the field name 2 Press Tab or click in the Cou
55. menu to restore the record Temporarily delete a record that Click g lt on the Default button bar or choose Cut from the you want to move or paste back Edit menu Keep in mind that if any other records or text in later are copied or cut in the meantime the record is lost Move one or more records Use drag and drop to drag the records to the new position within the same database to You can view records in a particular order regardless of reorder them the order in which they were entered by sorting them See Sorting records on page 8 22 Move one or more records toa Open the other database and then use drag and drop to different database with similar drag the records to the other database fields Moving through records In the Help index see gt databases using Use the record book to move or browse through records Start by choosing Browse or List from the Layout menu Click to go to the previous record r Drag to move across many records at once Click to go to the next record Click here type the number of the record to go to and then press Return To go to the same field in the next record press 3 Return To go to the same field in the previous record press 8 Shift Return Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Viewing records In the Help index see gt records viewing
56. move the document to a different computer you must move the movie files to the same computer Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 8 18 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Note You can also add a movie to an entire document For more information see Working with movies on page 9 31 Working with rows and columns in List mode List mode allows you to view and work with many records at once In List mode you see all the fields in your database in a columnar layout To work in List mode choose List from the Layout menu In the Help index see gt List mode Fields are in columns Customer Street City State Postal Adventure Book g Records arein rows Equestrian Books Treetop Books You work with records in List mode much like you do in Browse mode you can enter data select hide or sort records or create new records In addition you can resize or format rows and columns and reorder the columns Selecting rows and columns In List mode you select a row or column with a single click Select multiple rows or columns when you want to resize or reformat several at once To select Do this Example of selected area One row Click the area to the left of the a ww wes first column In the Help index see gt List mode Multiple rows Drag the pointer in the area to the left
57. of a button when Select Button Bar Balloons you hold the pointer over it for a few seconds Tip To move a button to a new location on the button bar hold down 3 Option and drag the icon to where you want it Basics 3 7 Adding and removing buttons In the Help index see gt buttons Select a category from which you want to add or remove buttons Double click a button to add it to the button bar Select a button to add or remove and then click to add or remove the selected button To add or remove buttons choose Edit Button Bars from the ha menu on the button bar In the Edit Button Bars dialog box choose the name of the button bar you want to edit and then click Modify In the dialog box add and remove buttons and then click OK dit Default Button Bar Button Category tali f E New Word Processing Document ows a Driel Al Hal Bi al 5l T newer ae Aoo the Creates a word processing document p EPEKA paren S purpose button oole e ce S Note The buttons you see in the button bar depend on the type of document or frame you re working in For example you see the button for rotating objects 90 degrees only when you re working in a paint document or frame Creating your own button bar You might want to create a new button bar with the buttons you use most often To create your own button bar choose New Button Bar from the 7 menu on the button bar In the New Button Bar
58. on page 7 12 and Cell references in formulas on page 7 22 When you re satisfied with your entry click x to confirm it amp Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 7 28 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Select the sample values Replace the sample values SUM gatas alle B3 vje x SUM C10 C1 1 Cell address of result Function Click to cancel or confirm entry Tip If you know the name and format of a function you can type it rather than paste it in the entry bar Example Using the AVERAGE function This example shows how to use the AVERAGE function to calculate the average of three numbers 1 In your spreadsheet type 74 88 and 93 in cells Al B1 and C1 2 Click cell D1 to select it Function s result goes here Numbers to average 3 Choose Paste Function from the Edit menu 4 Select AVERAGE from the list and click OK 5 Hold down the mouse button and drag the I beam pointer in the entry bar to select the sample values between the parentheses AVERAGE Iga ee Address of cell where Select the sample values function is stored but not the parentheses 6 In the spreadsheet hold down the mouse button and drag the pointer over the three cells whose values you want to average and then click YJ to accept the function AppleWorks replaces the sample values with the selected cell ra
59. optional Create Modify Delete z Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Database 8 11 For complete information on every field type available in AppleWorks see onscreen Help Defining calculation and summary fields In the Help index see gt formulas database You define a field type as a calculation or summary field when you want the value in the field to be the result of a formula A formula can include values from one or more other fields in the database operators functions and constant values For example suppose you have a database that contains two number fields Qty Sold and Price and one calculation field Total You can set up a formula in the calculation field to multiply the values in the two number fields Then each time you type values in the Qty Sold and Price fields the formula multiplies those values and displays the result in the Total field Enter Formula for Field Total A Fields Operators Functions Nemea adna Invoice Date fi ABS number Invoice Number E acos number Book Title AND logicall logical2 Author ASINCnumber Qty Sold ATAN number Price ATAN2 x number y number Total AVERAGE number 1 number2 Avi 1 Formula Oty Sold Price Format result as Choose a format for Click field names operators and functio
60. paint tool move the pointer a spreadsheet into the document and drag to create the frame Then use the painting tools to paint in the frame Add a text frame Select the text tool and click once in the spreadsheet Select a font size and style and then type your text Display handles on a Click the frame once frame so you can treat it as an object amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Spreadsheet 7 35 For information on In the Help index see Copying and pasting pictures in a spreadsheet gt Copy command Inserting importing pictures created in another application gt Insert command Creating links in spreadsheet documents In the Help index see gt book marks gt links When you plan to use an AppleWorks spreadsheet document or a document that contains a spreadsheet frame onscreen or on the Internet or World Wide Web you can select an area of the document or frame and create a link a connection or jump to a different area of the same document a different document or a document or other information on the Internet If you paste text with links assigned to it from a word processing document or text frame to a spreadsheet cell the links are not pasted If you paste text with links assigned to it from a spreadsheet cell to a word processing document or text frame the links are not pasted
61. s often convenient to use two views of the document one in Layout mode and the other in Browse mode to see your changes immediately as you make them Choose New View from the Window menu and then click B8 on the Default button bar or choose Tile Windows from the Window menu For more information about arranging windows see Arranging windows on page 3 3 In Layout mode fields and field labels appear as objects You can add modify resize or move a field or field label in the layout without changing the data in the database You change only the field s appearance and not its data To change field data see Adding changing and deleting fields on page 8 12 To change the way data appears see Changing the appearance of data on page 8 34 You control the appearance of data in Layout mode To Do this Insert a field in the Choose Insert Fidd from the Layout menu select a field and click OK layout Move a field or Select the field or field name and drag it to the new location field name Resize a field or field Select the field or field name and drag a handle name Align fields or field Hold down Shift select the fields and field names to align and names then choose Align Objects from the Arrange menu or click one of the alignment buttons on the Default button bar Add text to the layout Select the text tool A click in the document and then type the text Text added to the Header part a
62. see Presenting and summarizing data with parts on page 8 36 Creating a layout To create a layout choose New Layout from the Layout menu or from the Layout i pop up menu In the Help index see New Layout command amp New Layout Name Weekly report Type Standard Columnar report Labels Duplicate Blank Type aname for the layout Select the layout type Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic New Layout im Edit Layouts Data Entry For Printing Avery 5160 Selecting a layout eee In the Help index see gt layouts mailing labels Database 8 31 New layout names are added to the bottom of the Layout menu and the bottom of the Layout pop up menu You can quickly change the layout of your data in Browse mode by selecting a different layout name from either menu Columnar layouts To create a columnar layout click Columnar reportin the New Layout dialog box and then click OK Move the field names to the Field Order list in the order you want them to appear and then click OK Eile Customer City State File Customer City s State TORMA T E E EE EAE E Fie Customer Ciy State 3 107 Adventure Books Durango co 106 Book Cellar Portland OR 103 Cooks and Books Belmont CA Columnar layout in Layout mode Columnar l
63. selection rectangle E and drag it over the area to select You can select all or part of an image The outline of an image Hold down 88 as you drag the selection rectangle around the image you want to select Everything in the document Double click the selection rectangle E An irregular shape without Click the lasso and drag it around the selecting the surrounding area you want to select The loop closes white space automatically By color when you want to Click the magic wand and click an select shapes that are difficult area AppleWorks selects all adjacent to lasso pixels of the selected color To select more than one color area click the magic wand and drag it across multiple colors You can move a selected image with the pointer or the arrow keys on the keyboard To Do this Move a selected image with the pointer Move the pointer over the image until it becomes an arrow and then drag the image to a new location The image stays selected until you click elsewhere in the document Move a selected image vertically or With the autogrid off choose Turn Autogrid Off from horizontally one pixel at a time the Options menu press the arrow keys Move a selected image eight pixels at With the autogrid on choose Turn Autogrid On a time from the Options menu press the arrow keys Change the distance that the image Choose Turn Autogrid On from the Options menu moves each time you press an arrow
64. settings you want and then click OK You can control the number of columns and close up unused spaces to the left of or above fields Your settings apply to the entire layout and not to just the selected fields Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Database 8 41 So that space closes as you intended make sure that fields don t touch each other you align fields first select the objects to align and choose Align Objects from the Arrange menu fields to close up are the exact same size Chapter 9 Beyond the basics Creating links In the Help index see gt links Use the features covered in this chapter to help you make the most of AppleWorks With these features you can combine different document types make presentations automate the way you work create book marks in areas of a document you want to return to create links to a different document include other applications in your documents and easily share data with other documents and applications This chapter gives instructions for using links styles frames master pages the slide show QuickTime movies mail merge and macros All features including procedures buttons and troubleshooting are described completely in onscreen Help AppleWorks documents except database and communications documents can be linked When you plan to use an AppleWorks document ons
65. text clipping picture clipping Select text objects images or spreadsheet cells and then drag them to another AppleWorks document or to another application that supports drag and drop Select text or spreadsheet cells and drag them to the desktop You see a text clipping a file you can drag to another document or application Select draw objects or paint images and drag them to the desktop You see a picture clipping a file you can drag to another document or application Select text objects images or spreadsheet cells and drag the selection from another document or application to an AppleWorks document Drag a text or picture clipping from the desktop to an AppleWorks document Changing your mind If you make a mistake or change your mind while you re working in AppleWorks you can undo the latest change or go back to the last saved version of your document To Do this Undo your most recent action Click on the Default button bar or choose Undo from the Edit menu Remove all the changes you ve Choose Pevet from the File menu made since you last saved the document 3 12 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Previewing pages for printing You can preview a document on the screen in page view before actually printing it In page view you see the margins headers footers and page numbers if there are any In the Help index see gt pages viewing gt Show Margins command For informati
66. text file For more information see onscreen Help Type a new entry or edit a selected entry here ar bate Click to add the entry to User Dictionary User Dictionary the dictionary afterclap efflux facticity Click to remove an entry fogbow selected in the scrolling list latrogenic from the dictionary shanacle Entry plunderbund i Text File y Click to expand or collapse the dialog box Import Export Click a button to import or export dictionary entries Counting words In the Help index see gt counting words You can count words paragraphs and other text elements in any type of document except communications To count words choose Writing Tools from the Edit menu and then choose Word Count A dialog box appears that displays the number of characters words lines paragraphs pages and sections in the current document Note If you select Count Sdectionin the Word Count dialog box you get a word count for the current selection only Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 4 34 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Adding pictures and frames to text In the Help index see gt artwork text gt drawing tools gt libraries overview There are two ways to place pictures and frames such as clip art spreadsheets drawings and paintings in a word processing document
67. the other end of the connection to initiate the transfer Before sending a file you need to set up the transfer method on the sending computer To set up the transfer method for the sending computer click on the Default button bar The receiving computer needs to be set up with the same transfer method To set up the transfer method for the receiving computer click a9 on the Default button bar Simplifying communications tasks SSS SSS SSS SS a In the Help index see gt connecting computers gt log on macro gt phone book You can automate communications tasks and work more efficiently by using the AppleWorks phone book templates and macro features To Do this Start or edit a phone book Choose Phone Book from the Settings menu type in the Edit Phone Book Entry dialog box and click OK Click Done when you are finished making entries Place a call using the Click the phone book icon in the tool bar and select an entry phone book you wish to call Make a communications See Saving document formatting as templates stationery document into a template on page 2 12 Create a log on macro Record a macro that enters the necessary passwords and ID information to connect to an online service See onscreen Help for instructions Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Communications 10 9 Changing communications sett
68. the selected cells Select the cells including a blank cell to display the total and click on the Default button bar Select the cells to be totaled and the cell for the result To Do this Example Enter a reference to Click to select the cell that you want to B1 C1 a single cell refer to AppleWorks enters a plus sign when you click the next cell To use a different operator such as to multiply B1 C1 type the operator before you click the next cell AppleWorks inserts the cell reference at the insertion point in the formula Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 7 24 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual In the Help index see gt Help printing To Do this Example Enter a reference to Drag to select the range that you want to SUM B1 C1 a cell range refer to The reference to the cell range appears at the insertion point in the formula Then enclose the range in parentheses Or type the addresses of the cell at the upper left of the range and the cell at the lower right with two dots between them and enclose the range in parentheses Enter an absolute Click in the entry bar before the part of the A 1 B 1 C1 cell reference cell address that you want to make absolute and then type a dollar sign Enter a reference to Choose the name of the cell or range from Revenue Expenses a named cell or t
69. then drag the corner diagonally until the palette is the size you want Use the To For more information see Fill palettes Fill an object with a color Changing the appearance of objects on pattern gradient or texture page 5 9 Pen palettes Change the color pattern or width of a line or an object s border or add arrowheads to a line amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Basics 3 9 Use the To For more information see Library palette Add AppleWorks clip art toa Using libraries on page 3 18 document or store items that you want to reuse Mail merge Merge database information Merging data into documents mail palette with a word processing or merge on page 9 22 spreadsheet document or a text frame in a draw document Stylesheet Create apply and edit styles Using styles on page 9 5 palette for formatting text paragraphs spreadsheets outlines and graphic objects Links palette Create and edit links Creating links on page 9 1 document links URL links and book marks Working with frames In the Help index see gt frames tools gt frames creating In AppleWorks you can add different types of information spreadsheet data text and paint images to the same document These different types of information are stored in special objects called frames A frame
70. tips in mind Keep your design simple and uncluttered An orderly design makes it easier to scan the page to find information Limit the size of your page so that users scroll no more than three screens Use headings so that users can scan the page and read the portions they want Consider separating areas of text with horizontal lines Organize related information in lists Use boldface and italic styles sparingly Too much emphasis makes text difficult to read Don t use underline because underlined text indicates a jump to related information Choose typefaces and colors that are easy to read onscreen Creating an HTML file In the Help index see Web pages creating To create an HTML file for a Web page start by creating a word processing document and then save your work as an HTML file Important Before you begin be sure you understand the information in the previous sections of this chapter 1 Click on the Default button bar to create a new document or click amp J to open an existing document If you don t see the button bar choose Show Button Bar from the Window menu 2 In the document window press 8 semicolon to show formatting characters such as carriage returns and spaces amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic To Apply a style to text AppleWorks and the Internet
71. to connect to an online service or a remote computer using a modem connect directly to another computer using a cable receive a call from another computer using a modem Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 10 4 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Connecting to another computer with a modem Begin a session by setting up a connection and then placing the call When you have completed the session disconnect your computer from the online service or remote computer To Do this O eee In the Help index see Set up a connection Choose Connection from the Settings menu When the Connection Settings dialog box appears make sure Apple Modem Tool is selected from the Method pop up menu Type the number to dial in Dial Phone Number Choose a modem name from the Modem pop up menu Change the Port Settings as needed and then click See Changing communications settings on page 10 9 for more information gt connecting computers Place a call Turn on your modem Click g on the Default button bar or choose Open Connection from the Session menu After you connect use the commands of the online service or host computer to find the information you want Disconnect Click again or choose Close Connection from the Session menu Connecting to another computer without a modem You can connect one computer directly to another
72. to set Set options to customize the way you work in AppleWorks Click to use the current settings whenever you create a document In the Help index see gt email gt WorldScript Preferences ips lt gt Polygon Closing Manual az Automatic lt 2 Gradient Fast Gradient Display Best Gradient Display Object Selection eC om Options EJ Automatically Smooth Freehand Mouse Shift Constraint 45_ Make Default Cancel Note If you re using the WorldScript application you see additional options in the Preferences dialog box For more information see onscreen Help From the Topic pop up menu choose To set preferences for General General display of alerts warnings settings for saved documents and startup settings Text The preset font for new documents character display smart quotes invisible formatting characters and character spacing and date format Graphics Object selection polygon closing mouse control and gradients Spreadsheet The way the arrow and Enter keys select text and cells ina spreadsheet Palettes The number of colors displayed in the color palettes and opening and saving color pattern texture and gradient palettes Communications Scrollback capture paste delay connection initiation Speak Text default tools and default folder for file transfers amp
73. up stationery in AppleWorks regular and default Setting up regular stationery In the Help index see gt stationery creating If you plan to reuse the same combinations of text objects or settings you can create templates called regular stationery for specific uses For example you might want to create regular stationery for your letterhead or a newsletter You can set up regular stationery to open from the New Document dialog box or from the Open dialog box Stationery set up to open from the New Document dialog box can be organized into categories to make it easier to find Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Creating opening and printing documents 2 13 To assign a category to a regular stationery document 1 Choose Document Summary from the File menu 2 Type a brief label in the Category box and enter any other summary information you want to save with the stationery If you don t provide a category label AppleWorks assigns the stationery document to the None category 3 Click OK Your label shows in the Category pop up menu in the New Document dialog box click Use Assistant or Stationery to see the Category pop up menu For more information about entering document summary information see Identifying your documents on page 2 16 Setting up default stationery In the Help index see gt stat
74. var ip a okra ange Ss tatice ulia meapar aiscipe bois nist ut he ye ea Laem Ba ne na a Duk Ame consan saddam himp a caste commodo sonet Dui eu mmay rabh en mod tiesin at ieee huput 2 molestie coesaguat wel dolore magra aliquam emt volutpat UE wisi litm dolre eu Sught ulh frcdlieic at vero erim ad m quis ostnud exer fice at acchiean a ao odi derusamga fice ulamecper aisipk baie ridi ut alk igen e ove dotea ta Engst mia Geiist Teram oa chants nied ut aliquip ex sas den com modo Sumy nibh euie nodes it acct jeceeequat Dub atin cv Sie eke dokee m picts yam erat volitpat Ut wisi veld asse molestie qis cos endear in wiputate Sim s nim wena uignosing eeni leceeequat vet iti ith tio vilsmecrper aisip bbais nisl ut af vero aros at accumsan at iusto of HX easden commodo coceeguat Duis autem citise af vero eros et accumsan at iusto den commodo coreequat Duis autem mq atv andl eim kiire de in bandkar pte wel licedseim quiblard present luptatum sardl 0 do bark ia wipe aa ay nor gd ig ldeterit dik dolce te n iia esse molestie coreeuat m a Eateries Sone CEINA uin Se ee ei en Roresstahia adpicne ft saddam isto odio dignizeim quibland eorecateher nding eit 20d da justo odio dignissim quibiandt praesent oeu iiny ribh euis mod tineiduce ut laoreet luptatum zzi detent gee ae des Papen ut taceeet uptabven zail delen augue duis dolce te dolce maga aliquam emt volutpat Ub wisi She mi Seite Lecem ipeum doke sit dete m3 sepa
75. where you want the copy to go and choose Paste from the Edit menu Delete an object permanently Press Delete Delete an object and store it on the Clipboard Click on the Default button bar or choose Cut from the Edit menu Anything you store on the Clipboard stays there until you cut or copy something else Changing the appearance of objects Use AppleWorks to change or fine tune the appearance of objects or frames Your changes affect all selected objects Changing lines borders colors pattems and textures Use the fill palettes to change an object s color pattern gradient or texture Use the pen palettes to change lines and borders of objects In the Help index see gt objects modifying Fill color palette Fill sample Fill pattern palette Fill gradient palette Fill texture palette Pen sample Pen pattern palette 4 1s Pen width palette 2 Arrowhead palette Pen color palette amp Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 5 10 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Your changes affect selected objects If you choose from the fill and pen palettes when no objects are selected AppleWorks applies the settings to the next objects you create To choose from a fill or pen palette hold down the pointer on the palette control and then drag the pointer to your selection
76. without a modem on page 10 4 for more information X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 10 2 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Communications terms and concepts If you re new to communications you need to be familiar with the following communications terms and concepts Term Definition Terminal A screen and keyboard used to communicate with a remote distant computer The remote computer can be as close as the same room or building or as far away as another country Using the terminal software included in the AppleWorks package your computer can emulate act like a terminal so that your computer and the remote computer can communicate Host computer A computer that answers requests for information or that acts as a gateway to other computers You communicate with a host computer across a Serial port or network port To communicate with a host computer you usually need an assigned user name and password When you identify yourself at connection time you re logging on When you disconnect you re logging off Connecting The process of establishing communication with another computer Communication from one computer to another requires a transmission channel usually a telephone line but sometimes a cable between two computers Connection by telephone requires a modem a device that turns data from your computer into a signal th
77. you see Ungroup Picture in the Arrange menu it means the selected object is an imported PICT file If you continue you may lose some of the picture To regroup the picture immediately choose Undo from the Edit menu amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 5 16 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Locking objects to prevent changes To protect objects from being changed or frames from being deleted or moved lock them Unlocked objects have black handles Locked objects have dimmed handles To Do this a b In the Help index see Lock objects Select one or more objects and choose Lock from the Arrange menu gt locking Lock an Choose Sdect All from the Edit menu and then choose Lock from the entire drawing Arrange menu Unlock locked Select the objects and choose Unlock from the Arrange menu objects As you work with locked objects keep these points in mind You can change the contents of a locked frame Ifyou group an object with a locked object AppleWorks locks the entire group amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Drawing 5 17 Creating a master page In the Help index see gt master pages gt stationery A master page is text or graphic information that repeats on every page of a draw document Unlike
78. 0 functions in nine general categories A complete list of these functions is in onscreen Help Category Purpose Example Business and Calculates mortgage and payment values PMT Payment Financial Date and Time Manipulates dates and times DATE Information Looks up and evaluates information in LOOKUP spreadsheet cells cell ranges and database fields Logical Evaluates Boolean expressions which result in ISBLANK either TRUE or FALSE Numeric Performs general mathematical calculations ROUND Statistical Calculates general statistics such as standard AVERAGE deviation and variance Text Finds compares and manipulates text CODE ASCII code expressions Trigonometric Creates and evaluates mathematical and SIN scientific values Entering functions SSS SSS In the Help index see gt functions To enter a function 1 Click the cell where you want the result to appear If you re including the function as part of a larger formula click in the formula where you want the function to appear Choose Paste Function from the Edit menu or click on the entry bar 3 Choose the type of function you want from the Category pop up menu in the Paste Function dialog box select a function from the alphabetical list and then click OK In the entry bar select the sample values and replace them with values named cells or cell references For more information see Naming cells and ranges
79. 1 Depth and resolution paint 6 15 Dictionaries See also Spelling editing 4 33 importing and exporting 4 33 selecting 4 32 Display options spreadsheet 7 20 Distance adding to images 6 11 Distorting images 6 11 Distributing objects 5 15 Document links See Links Document summary information 2 16 Documents Assistants 2 4 x Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic l 4 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual closing 2 20 creating 2 3 2 8 described 1 7 finding 2 6 importing and exporting 2 18 linking to different or same document 2 12 9 2 to Uniform Resource Locator URL 11 7 opening 2 10 opening linked 9 3 previewing 2 21 3 12 6 16 printing 2 20 saving AppleWorks 2 9 formats stationery 2 12 in a different file format 2 18 size of paint 6 16 styles 9 8 DR document type 2 4 Drag and drop adding database records 8 14 copying objects 3 10 documents importing 2 18 inserting 2 19 movies and pictures adding to database fields 8 14 moving database records 8 16 Draw documents book marks in 5 21 creating 5 2 described 1 9 5 2 links to different or same document 5 21 movies in 9 31 pages adding to 5 18 preferences for 3 21 slides in 9 19 text spreadsheets and paintings adding to 5 20 when to use 5 1 Drawing tools 5 3 5 5 Drawing in any document 5 2 Drawings and paintings differences between 6 2 Duplicating See also
80. 10 4 11 Adding bullets numbers and checkboxes to paragraphs 4 11 Aligning paragraph text Changing line and paragraph spacing Copying text ruler settings Sorting paragraphs Outlining Creating an outline Modifying and removing outline labels Rearranging outline topics Collapsing and expanding outline topics Modifying an outline style Creating tables Working with pages Creating a title page Creating and changing columns Breaking a page or column Scrolling pages Dividing a document into sections Inserting and deleting a section Formatting sections Varying the number of columns on a page Numbering sections Adding footnotes and endnotes Finding and changing text 4 12 4 13 4 14 4 14 4 14 4 16 4 17 4 17 4 18 4 19 4 19 4 20 4 21 4 21 4 23 4 23 4 24 4 25 4 25 4 27 4 27 4 28 4 29 VI AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Finding special characters Using writing tools Checking your spelling Hyphenating words Finding synonyms Changing dictionaries Editing dictionaries Counting words Adding pictures and frames to text Wrapping text around pictures Creating links in word processing documents Chapter 5 Drawing When to use a drawing Drawing basics Creating a drawing About the draw window What are objects Using the drawing tools Selecting and deselecting objects Using the graphics ruler and grids Moving objects Duplicating copying and deleting objects Changing the appearance of objects Changi
81. 11 5 3 Create the document with the text and art you want posted to the Web Do this Select the text to format and then click any style from the stylesheet palette Apply a type style to text Select the text and then click Fi to make the text bold or click to make the text italic Don t use underline which is a convention used to indicate a link Organize information into a numbered or bulleted list Choose styles from the pop up menu Use Harvard Legal or Number for numbered lists use Diamond Bulle or Checklist for bulleted lists Insert a horizontal line to separate sections of text Place the insertion point where you want the line to begin Choose Insert Page Break or Insert Section Break from the Format menu AppleWorks ignores automatic page breaks when you save the document as HTML Add a table Use an inline or floating spreadsheet frame Insert a picture See Adding pictures next Create a link from your See Linking Web pages on page 11 6 document to a different document or to other information on the Internet Adding pictures In the Help index see gt Web pages graphics for You can include pictures in any format supported by AppleWorks such as TIFF and PICT When you save the document as HTML AppleWorks translates any art in the document to a format GIF or JPEG that is readable by Web browsers Important When you save an HTML file e
82. 18 3 21 5 19 Library items alphabetizing 3 21 Line breaks 4 4 Line charts 7 29 Line spacing in text 4 13 Lines See also Objects changing 5 10 custom width for pen setting attributes for painting 6 6 text counting 4 33 tools for drawing 5 4 Lines in HTML files 11 5 Link indicators 9 29 Linked frames 9 29 9 31 spreadsheets and charts 7 29 Linking objects in word processing documents 4 36 Web pages to Uniform Resource Locator URL 11 6 See also Uniform Resource Locator URL Links See also Uniform Resource Locator URL creating document links 9 2 to same or other document 2 12 9 2 to Uniform Resource Locator URL 11 6 deleting 9 4 described 9 1 editing 9 4 going to names in document 9 5 opening linked documents 9 3 linked Uniform Resource Locator URL 11 7 11 9 printing documents with 9 3 sorting names 9 5 text in draw documents 5 21 word processing documents 4 36 using in draw documents 5 21 paint documents 6 17 spreadsheet documents 7 35 word processing documents 4 36 Web pages in 11 6 Links palette 9 2 List mode database 8 2 8 18 8 20 Lists creating in text documents 4 11 of names and addresses 2 6 of values database 8 9 Index l 7 Locking and unlocking objects and frames 5 16 spreadsheet cells 7 6 7 12 M Macintosh drag and drop 3 10 Macros described 9 34 for communications documents 10 8 shortcut buttons for macros Magic wand 6 8 Magnified view See Zooming M
83. 28 Paragraph Sorter 4 14 Table Maker 4 20 Attributes changing for text 4 7 Auto Cale 7 24 Autogrid 5 7 5 15 6 8 AVERAGE function example 7 28 Avery labels See Labels Axes 7 30 7 33 B Backup copy 2 9 Bar charts changing 7 33 Basic styles 9 7 9 13 Bezigons 5 4 5 13 5 14 See also Objects Blank documents creating 2 2 Blending image colors 6 12 Body part See Parts database Bold text 4 7 Book marks creating 9 2 deleting 9 4 editing 9 4 going to in document 9 5 HTML files in 11 8 sorting names 9 5 using in draw documents 5 21 paint documents 6 17 spreadsheet documents 7 35 word processing documents 4 36 Web pages in 11 8 Bookmarks in Help Help customizing Borders cell 7 19 chart 7 33 field 8 34 image 6 6 object and frame 5 3 5 10 Browse mode database 8 2 8 13 Browsers described 11 2 selecting 11 2 starting 11 3 Brush 6 5 Bucket See Filling Paint bucket Bulletin boards 10 2 10 4 Bullets 4 11 Business Cards Assistant 2 6 Button bar See also Buttons changing number of rows 3 6 creating new 3 7 Default 3 5 displaying pop up menus 3 6 moving 3 6 positioning 3 6 showing and hiding 3 6 switching 3 5 Button fields described 8 9 finding 8 26 8 28 Buttons See also Button bar adding and removing 3 7 creating new 9 33 described 3 5 editing 9 34 macros for macros C Calculating formulas 7 24 Calculation fields 8 9 8 11 8 12 Calendar Assistant 2 6 Capturing data describe
84. 5 7 2_ Graphics ruler Dotted lines move with the pointer Graphics grid Pointer You can change the ruler settings turn the autogrid off or hide the graphics grid To Show or hide the graphics grid Choose Show Graphics Grid or Hide Graphics Grid from the Options menu Show or hide the ruler Show Rulers or Hide Rulers from the Window menu Set ruler type divisions and units Rulers from the Format menu choose options from the Rulers dialog box and then click OK Move objects freely without being constrained to the autogrid Turn Autogrid Off from the Options menu Turn on the autogrid so objects snap to the grid Turn Autogrid On from the Options menu amp Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 5 8 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Moving objects Move selected objects with the pointer the keyboard or by using menu commands Remember that you can usually reverse your most recent action by clicking on the Default button bar or choosing Undo from the Edit menu To revert to the most recently saved version of your document choose Revert from the File menu Note To move objects freely without being constrained to the autogrid choose Turn Autogrid Off from the Options menu To move Select the object s and Example SSS S In the Help index
85. 7 spreadsheet 7 20 word processing 4 23 counting 4 33 displaying in word processing documents 4 23 going to 3 3 margins and guides for showing hiding 3 12 3 18 master 5 17 numbering 3 16 orientation and size of 2 21 3 18 title 3 15 4 21 viewing in page view 3 12 Paint bucket 6 5 Paint documents See also Paint frames book marks in 6 17 creating 6 2 custom icons for 6 16 described 1 10 6 3 linked frames in 9 30 links to different or same document 6 17 memory for 6 16 modes for 6 7 6 13 painting in 6 4 pictures in 6 15 preferences for 3 21 previewing 6 16 resizing 6 16 resolution and depth 6 15 slides in 9 19 Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic text and spreadsheets in 6 14 tools using in 6 4 when to use 6 1 zooming images in 6 10 Paint frames See also Frames Paint documents book marks in 6 17 creating in any document 6 2 draw documents 5 20 spreadsheet documents 7 34 word processing documents 4 34 described 6 3 linking 9 29 links to different or same document 6 17 opening and closing 6 4 painting in 6 4 point of origin 6 4 resizing 6 4 Painting tools 6 5 Paintings and drawings differences between 6 2 Palettes See also Colors Gradients Patterns Textures described 3 8 fill and pen 5 9 6 6 library 3 18 links 9 2 mail merge 9 24 preferences for 3 22 stylesheet 9 5 Pane controls 3 1 P
86. 86 or choose a command from the or Help menu To see Choose Topic titles in a table of contents AppleWorks Help Contents An alphabetical list of index entries AppleWorks Help Index Information on navigating and using AppleWorks AppleWorks Help Contents and then Help click Getting Help In many dialog boxes you see a 2 button You can click the 2 button to get Help for the task you re performing Document r Margins _ Page Display __ Top iin One Page Above The Next Bottom Tin Facing Pages Side By Side Left lin Right fiin O Mirror Facing Pages A Show margins K Show page guides Footnotes At Bottom of Page Page Numbering At End of Document EJ Automatic Numbering Start at Page i Start At Click this button for Help for the current task Using the Help window When you open Help you see the Help window To navigate in the Help system click buttons and underlined text 1 4 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Click to see the index Click to see the table of contents Click to move to the next or previous related topic Click to close onscreen Help and leave it running E AppleWorks Help Type a word you want to find Drag the note icon into a topic and then type your own notes in the index and then press Return Objects
87. Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Chapter 4 Text word processing This chapter explains how to work with text to produce attractive professional word processing documents All text features including procedures buttons and troubleshooting are described completely in onscreen Help When to use a word processing document Create a word processing document when you want to write and format text For example you can use an AppleWorks word processing document to compose letters and memos create lists and outlines keep a personal journal write research papers lesson or business plans reports contracts and meeting minutes write copy for newsletters announcements brochures and advertisements 15 March 1997 45 S Webster Avenue Santa Fe NM 87155 Tyrone Damon 872 Newton Road Lakewood CO 54321 Lorem ipsum Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing elit sed diam nonn y nibs e vismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volupap Ut wisi enum ad minim veniam quis nostrud exercitation ullam corper suscipit Adipiscing Laura Epson Create a word processing document to contain text 4 2 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Text basics You can work with text in a word processing document or in a text frame In either case you use the same techniques tools and commands to enter and
88. Creating links in spreadsheet documents 7 9 7 11 7 12 7 12 7 13 7 13 7 14 7 14 7 15 7 16 7 17 7 17 7 18 7 18 7 19 7 19 7 20 7 20 7 21 7 21 7 21 7 22 7 23 7 24 7 25 7 25 7 26 7 27 7 28 7 29 7 29 7 30 7 31 7 32 7 33 7 35 Chapter 8 Database When to use a database Database basics What s a database Using Browse List Find and Layout modes Creating a database document Example Creating a simple database Part 1 Start a new database document Part 2 Define two fields Part 3 Enter two values into the fields Part 4 Make new records Part 5 Finish entering data in the new records Part 6 Close the database Designing a database Defining database fields Adding fields to an existing database Assigning field types Checking or entering data automatically Defining calculation and summary fields Adding changing and deleting fields Entering data in fields Adding records Changing the tab order Duplicating deleting and moving records Moving through records Viewing records Playing movies in multimedia fields Working with rows and columns in List mode Selecting rows and columns Resizing rows and columns Moving columns and formatting data Selecting and hiding records Sorting records Finding information Finding text Finding records with a find request Saving a find request named search Matching records Working with layouts Contents IX 8 1 8 1 8 2 8 2 8 3 8 3 8 4 8 4 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 6 8
89. Database 8 17 You can view records in various ways to suit your needs To Do this Example continuous list menu and then choose Show Multiple If Show Multiple is U dimmed deselect Page View E View recordsina Select Browse from the Layout Continent Europe Country France Continent Asia Country Japan from the Window menu first _ gecoras bs Continent South America Counti razil Selected y Brazi View records in Select List from the Layout i Country rows and fields in menu E i columns View one record at Select Browse from the Layout Continent South America a time menu and then deselect Country Uruguay Show Multiple from the Layout menu If Show Multiple is dimmed deselect Page View R from the Window menu first View the records as Select Page View from the they will print on Window menu paper Continent Europe Country France Continent Asia Records Country Japan E Selected 1 Continent South America Country Brazil Playing movies in multimedia fields In the Help index see gt playing movies When a field contains a QuickTime movie you see a preview image of the movie To play a movie in a multimedia field in Browse or List mode double click the field containing the movie To pause the movie click outside the field Important Ifa database document includes a multimedia field that displays movies and you
90. Define Database Fields dialog box Field types affect the way you enter and use your data Tip Use a text field or a field that holds text such as a pop up menu for postal codes so you can sort addresses by postal code number If the postal code is a number field AppleWorks ignores leading zeros As text the codes are sorted properly and retain any leading zeros Important The examples in this documentation are based on U S conventions and are shown in U S formats In English speaking countries other than the United States numbers dates times functions formulas and calculations might be formatted differently For example in the U S periods act as decimal points In other countries commas might be used as decimal points Use this Example field type To in Browse mode Text Enter any text numbers or symbols upto First name Luis amp Julia 1008 characters depending on custom Address 165 Belvedere Ave styles such as italic assigned to the field Number Enter any number Score Score 55 Date Enter the day month and year Date anid 1990 Date January 1 1999 Date 1 1 99 Time Enter hours minutes and seconds Time 2 35 15 Time 14 35 Name Enter names that sort by the last first or Name other word in the field depending on how Name PaulA Baker you type the name See Entering datain Name James Smith Jr fields on page 8 13 Name Treetop Books Pop up Menu Choose from a menu of preset valu
91. Expenses w D Blue Gray 1 Repairs 102 00 Gas 31 00 new et at Tolls 12 00 Total 145 00 After To see astyle s properties click Edit Properties of the style and then select the style 3D Table 1 Sorting cell data In the Help index see gt sorting spreadsheet data Sort data in numeric or alphabetical order to organize it You can specify a major order key the cell where the sort starts and two minor order keys If you are sorting a list containing duplicate entries use second and third order keys to further organize your data for example by first name and middle initial To sort spreadsheet data select the cells you want to sort and click 24 to sort in ascending order or click 2 to sort in descending order You can also choose Sort from the Calculate menu In the Sort dialog box select the options you want and click OK Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 7 12 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual martin iP 3 Epes i iN 4 Biot i _4 Ee ce Before sorting After sorting on first After sorting on first order key order key A2 only A2 second order key B2 and third order key C2 Locking cell data In the Help index see gt locking Protect data or formulas from accidental changes by locking cells To lock a cell or a range of cells select the cells then choose LockCells from the Options menu To unlock a prot
92. Footnote Index v Bullet Checklist Default Styles on the stylesheet Footer Footnote pop up menu Header Number Diamond Harvard Legal To apply a style using the stylesheet palette click on the Default button bar or choose Show Stylesheet from the Window menu Click in a paragraph or select the item that you want to apply the style to and then select a style If nothing is selected when you click a style name the style you select is used for the next text you type object you draw or spreadsheet element you modify Footnote Index Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer a Hot Text euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna Body Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam quis nost Bullet nis ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendre Checklist vel ilum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis aq Default qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit 4 U N e Footer Footnote Header Click to apply amie as the Number Diamond ii style Selected paragraphs amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 9 10 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual To restore a selection to its default state choose Default on the pop up menu For spreadsheets choose Default SS To restore an item to its original state choose Unapply Style from the Edit menu on the stylesheet palette The name of the command var
93. Help index see gt Equation Editor You can use Equation Editor to add equations to an AppleWorks word processing document or frame Equation Editor an application by Design Science Inc is installed on your hard disk with AppleWorks To add an equation at the insertion point of a text document or frame choose Insert Equation from the Edit menu You see the equation editor which you can use to add the mathematical components to build the equation To edit an equation you ve already created double click the equation and then make your changes in the equation editor For more information choose Equation Editor Hdp from the or Help menu Note When you finish adding an equation you can format move resize rotate and so on the equation as you can with a draw object See Chapter 5 Drawing for more information about working with draw objects Selecting text In the Help index see gt selecting text Before you can change text you must select it To select text move the pointer to the beginning of the text you want to select and then drag to the end of the text Lorem ipsum dolor molestie consequat Jl el Selected text delenit augue duis amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 4 6 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual You can also select text by using the following methods To Do this Sele
94. Help index see gt hidden characters Using writing tools You can search for special formatting characters such as return characters tab characters and symbols for column breaks the same way you search for regular text You can also search for special text such as dates times and page numbers To find these characters you enter special codes in the Find box in the Find Change dialog box All of these codes are listed in onscreen Help and on the Quick Reference Guide You can also copy and then paste special characters from your document into the Find box in the Find Change dialog box Tip To show or hide formatting characters click f4 on the Default button bar or type 38 semicolon See Showing formatting characters on page 4 6 for more information To delete a selected formatting character or replace it with another formatting character use the Find Change dialog box the same way as you do with text AppleWorks provides spell checking thesaurus and hyphenation services to help you polish your writing These are available in all AppleWorks documents except communications Checking your spelling In the Help index see gt spelling You can check all the text in the document or text that you select To check Do this All the text in the document Click on the Default button bar or choose Writing Tools from the Edit menu and then choose Check Document Spelling A selection Select the text o
95. K Set the angle of rounded corners Select the object and choose Corner Info from the Edit menu Choose an option type a value for the angle of curvature and then click OK Set the angle of an arc Select the object and choose Arc Info from the Edit menu Choose Normal to omit frame edges choose Frame Edges to include frame edges to make a wedge Type values for the position and angle of curvature and then click OK Use the same tool repeatedly Double click the tool This highlights the tool and locks it To unlock select another tool You ll find complete instructions for customizing the AppleWorks drawing tools in onscreen Help For information on Closing polygons automatically In the Help index see polygons Creating a custom line width pen Changing the constraint angle for lines rectangles graphics preferences rounded rectangles polygons and bezigons Automatically smoothing curved lines in freehand objects Speeding up the gradient display amp Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 5 6 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Selecting and deselecting objects An object or frame must be selected before you can move or change it As soon as you release the mouse button after drawing an object AppleWorks selects the new object and adds handles To select a tra
96. Rotate and then drag a gt transforming handle to the degree of rotation r you want Rotate an image by a set amount Rotate type a value for the degree of rotation and then click OK Rotate an image by 90 on the Default button bar Lu Flip an image horizontally or vertically Fip Horizontally or Flip Vertically X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 6 12 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual To Resize an image by dragging a handle Select the area and choose Example RE Resize and then drag a handle to the size you want Resize an image by specifying a set percentage Scale By Percent type values for the percentage to enlarge or reduce the selection and then click OK Fe When you finish resizing or turning click anywhere outside the selection rectangle Coloring and tinting images To refine an image s color select the area you want to change and then choose a command from the Transform menu p I M In the Help index see gt transforming To Choose Example before and after Fill the selected part of an Frill or click image or fill an image thatis on the Default already partly filled as with button bar a gradient Reverse the colors in a Invert or click selection to make a on the Default negative image button bar Blend the edges of animage Blend or click E with the ba
97. Standard Contains all the fields created Name Ware o for the database stacked Address 1 Address 1 vertically in the order you Address2 Address 2 created them City ST ZIP City ST ZIP Field names to the left of each field Duplicate Creates a copy of the layout you re currently using In List mode duplicates the first layout in the database Blank Contains no fields You add the fields you want using the Insert Field and Insert Part commands in the Layout menu Bodi Insert the fields and arrange them manually 8 30 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Layouttype Description Example Columnar Shows and prints fields Hsien Name Address 1 report in columns eeu Name Address 1 You can also use List mode to see data in columns by Fields are arranged horizontally choosing List from the Layout menu See Working with rows and columns in List mode on page 8 18 Labels Shows and prints field Name Address 1 contents arranged for use with iqgress 3 mailing or other labels City ST ZIP Avery 5160 5260 5660 mailing label format In all layouts you can add objects and other enhancements add rearrange or delete fields change the appearance of text change the format of numbers dates and times change the appearance of pictures and movies in fields change the appearance of pop up menus radio buttons and checkboxes add layout parts to organize and summarize data
98. Stylesheet Edit Style File Edit Black Fill Red B v Basic Styles Properties v Checked Fill Bo Black Fill Re Base Style None Red Fill Blue Bo v Checked Fill Obj Pen Size None Wide Border Default SS Obj Fill Color a Default Red Fill Blue Obj Fill Pattern BE Wide Border gt Paragraph Default gt Outline St gt Table Styles E m To see a style s properties click Edit and Properties of the style Checked then select the style Fill Borderless You can customize palettes by editing the colors patterns gradients and textures You can also load new color palettes See Creating custom colors patterns gradients and textures on page 5 18 Overlapping colors and pattems In the Help index see Paint Mode command The paint mode determines how patterns and colors interact when they overlap To set the paint mode to opaque transparent pattern or tint choose Paint Mode from the Options menu or click the corresponding button on the Default button bar i ee Opaque Transparent Tint pattern a el Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 6 8 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Selecting and moving images Before you can change an image you must first select it In the Help index see gt Images arranging To select Do this Example A rectangular area Click the
99. Support folder in the System Folder To Export a document so it can be read by an application other than AppleWorks Do this Choose Save As from the File menu and then choose a file format such as HTML from the Save As pop up menu If the application you want to use isn t listed try using one of the commonly accepted formats Text DBF DIF Microsoft Excel or SYLK to save the document You can then open the document in any application that supports that format Import convert adocument created with a different application Use one of the following methods m Choose Open from the File menu In the Open dialog box select the appropriate document type from the Document Type pop up menu Select the file and then click Open The original document is unchanged Use the Convert Documents script See Converting documents on page 2 19 m Create a document in the AppleWorks application format by converting one from a different format See Converting documents on page 2 19 Use drag and drop Open the AppleWorks document to receive the information and then drag the icon of the document that contains the information to import into the AppleWorks document amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Creating opening and printing documents 2 19 To Do this Insert an entire document Use one of the foll
100. T Steeda As Before E Stylesheet E TOD Isem ipi mdobr sit Footnote Index Amet dbecttrer kirab paatoa dm amete Laka piore V Body eed aadh wretches m maa aua ar aoolup at Trot d wie ed wide beds ed reviradaaed Mone Bullet ile apar upi Hebert nbl uta gdp anandan ea odo aamut Checklist Dii artem Vel eum Default Ihara dolor bn hedrar tin bed parka oad tae mol arte Foot anyak oad Blum dolore ay Meugvtredle Pbb wtowre ooter seovst roam inatutia Footnote L mipam debe Atwmet diverit ew paatai dm rom y Header sith audemed tera durtutt weestdskea m aye digua Araok Thetd elm vin irn bari m A Number seed tonal m aope awdpitktoriond d utilaydp aa Ar n ma m cde anant Diamond E Duly urha oad am ure dolorin arruti tact oats mclarteouequst ou Ihas dotocewutway at 2 Dole mavas ahve aoi 27 1 aar va fr oonan piam eaa After You use the stylesheet palette to create edit and apply styles Some style types are more complex than others For example outline and table styles contain a series of substyles with their own set of properties formatting options To show the stylesheet palette click 5 on the Default button bar or choose Show Stylesheet from the Window menu To view the properties of a style click Edit on the stylesheet palette and select the style you want to view Click Done when you re finished E Stylesheet E Checklist Default Footer Footnote Header Number Diamond Stylesheet re
101. To Change the width color or pattern of a line or border Re BR ERTEK Select the object s and choose From the pen width pen color and pen pattern palettes Example before and after O Hide a line or border None from the pen width palette si Show a hidden line or border A line width from the pen width palette 123 Make a line object or frame transparent The transparent icon from the pen pattern palette for a line or the fill pattern palette for an object or frame Add change or remove an arrowhead An arrowhead or Plain Line from the arrowhead palette Change the fill color of an object or frame A color from the fill color palette a O Change the fill pattern gradient or texture of an object A pattern from the fill pattern palette a gradient from the fill gradient palette or a texture from the fill texture palette You can t add patterns gradients or textures to spreadsheet frames Viz v For information on customizing the palettes or using custom palettes from other applications see Creating custom colors patterns gradients and textures on page 5 18 aE In the Help index see gt styles Select the objects to change Checked Fill Bo i Red Fill Blue Bo Then click to Vv Wide Border Drawing 5 11 Tip You can create styles combinations of formatting information and then apply the s
102. To create a link in a spreadsheet document or frame select the cell and then create the link For more information see Creating links on page 9 1 To create a link to information on the Internet see Linking Web pages on page 11 6 Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Chapter 8 Database This chapter describes how to design an AppleWorks database document to help you manage information AppleWorks makes it easy for you to create a database enter your data format it in different layouts and present custom reports Once a database contains records you can search through and sort them change the data they contain and design and print a report of some or all of the data All database features including procedures buttons and troubleshooting are described completely in onscreen Help When to use a database Database basics Use a database to a maintain address lists and then print names and addresses onto labels form letters and personalized notices maintain customer lists for automated mass mailings or information about guests and vendors for parties and events create attractive invoices and reports create lists you need to sort such as bibliographies for school papers catalog recordings stamps and other collections If you have not previously worked with AppleWorks database documents take a few minutes to
103. To make a hanging indent paragraph drag the first left margin marker grab the drag the left margin marker line indent marker bottom part only grab the top part only 1 2 1 2 1 2 qe rp Ut wisi enim ad m nisl ut aliquip ex Duis autem vel eu aliquip ex ea comt Lorem ipsum dolor si euismod tincidunt ut Duis autem vel eum i aliquip ex ea commo Lorem ipsum dola euismod tincidunt Ut wisi enim adm Duis autem vel eu aliquip ex ea comr Tip for hanging indents After setting up your tabs you can set apart hanging indents by typing a character such as a number or bullet in the margin to the left of the paragraph To type a bullet press Option 8 Press Tab and then begin typing the paragraph Adding bullets numbers and checkboxes to paragraphs AppleWorks comes with a series of special characters called paragraph styles that you can use to convert paragraphs to lists such as bulleted lists numbered lists and checklists Tip If you want to label most or all of the paragraphs in a document use an outline style See Outlining on page 4 14 for more information Saturday s trip i Weekend chores e Call Linda Class Schedule wArrange decorations 1 English Pack mw Shop for groceries 2 History sk ily o Wrap gifts 3 Chemistry a ie 2 oOrder fruit 4 French Literature e Check parking Click to check off items g e Pick up laundry Bulleted list Checklist Numbered list
104. Visible a mc Search visible records or all records including hidden records Click to create or choose Click to start the Click to show records anamed search search that do not meet your search criteria Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic a a n In the Help index see gt New Request command gt operators Database 8 25 To narrow your search you can use relational operators such as lt and gt enter values in multiple fields or require that a record meet either one set of search criteria or another There are many ways to combine different search methods The following table provides some common examples For example to find Only records that contain a specific value In Find mode do this in the find request Type or select the value Example Restaurant Type City Avg Price El Reviewed Finds the Italian restaurants Only records that contain a set of specific values Type or select the set of values Bestaat Type City Avg Price AJ Reviewed Finds the Italian restaurants that have been reviewed All records that contain one or the other set of values Type or select the first value or set of values and then choose New Request from the Edit menu Enter another value or set of values in the new find request Restaurant Type City Avg Price El Reviewed Restaurant T
105. You can insert them as inline objects so that they move along or flow with your text or place them as independent objects that float on the page and are not affected by the text Insert an object as an inline object when you want the object always to appear next to specific text or flow to the next line as you type more text Add a floating object when you want to wrap text around the object see the next section or move the object with the arrow pointer F Lorem ipsum dolor st amet Lorem ipsum dolor q srl aed L euismod tincidunt ub laoreet lt j i veniam quis mostr A floating object enam que nostrt exea on f has four handles vubutate velit esse when you select An inline object has one facilisis at vero the object praesert Ip taturr handle when you select Lorem ipsum dolor st amet vulputate velit esse the object euismod tincidunt ut laoreet lt eros et accumsan veniam quis nostrud exercit To insert an inline or a floating object in a document first show the tool panel choose Show Tools from the Window menu if the tool panel is hidden Then To insert Do this An inline object in text Select the text tool in the tool panel and then place the insertion point in the text before you paste drag or insert the object A floating object to a document Select the arrow pointer X in the tool panel and then paste drag or insert the object amp Choose Index from the or Help menu an
106. a document called a document link or to a specific location within a document called a book mark If you create a document link clicking the link opens the document If you create a book mark clicking the link opens the document and locates the book mark within the document 11 8 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual To create a link to another document 1 Open the Web page document from which to create the link and then select the item to create the link from 2 On the Internet or Default button bar click to create a link to another document 3 In the New Document Link dialog box create a link and then click OK New Document Link Type a name for the Name Process Document coffee bean roasting Book Mark Choose Document Cancel OK Select the document to link to 4 To test the link choose Show Links Palette from the Window menu and make sure Live Links is selected To create a link to another part of your Web page 1 Open the Web page document from which to create the link and then select the item to create the link from 2 On the Internet or Default button bar click to create a link to another part of the same document 3 In the New Book Mark dialog box create a link and then click OK New Book Mark Name Cafe Menu Type aname for the link Folder z The pointer looks like this over a link AppleWorks and the Internet 11 9 4 To test the lin
107. a field Type the name of the new field choose a type from the Field Type pop up menu and then click Create Delete a field Click the field name in the Field Name list and then click Delete Change a field name Click the field name in the Field Name list type a name and then click Modify Change a field type Click the field name in the Field Name list choose a type from the Field Type pop up menu and then click Modify Change acalculation or Click the field name in the Field Name list click Modify make summary formula your changes to the formula and then click OK Change field entry options Click the field name in the Field Name list click Options make your changes in the dialog box and then click OK Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Database 8 13 Entering data in fields In the Help index see gt fields changing gt fields entering data gt fields navigating Current number of records Click outside a field border to select the whole record When you finish defining the database fields you see them displayed in Browse mode in a standard layout in the order you created them You can now start entering data You enter data in Browse mode or List mode when you select List from the Layout menu by selecting a field and typing a value in it You can t select a field that contains a formula or a field whose t
108. a header or footer information on a master page can occupy the entire working area of the page and stays behind everything else on the pages of a document Master page Document pages Consider using a master page to show a company logo or text such as Draft or Confidential in text frames behind the main body of text create a border around the contents of each page add a common background to slides in a presentation To create a master page choose Edit Master Page from the Options menu You see Master Page in the page indicator at the bottom of the window Add the page elements you want to appear on every page of the document Then choose Edit Master Page again from the Options menu x Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 5 18 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Keep these points in mind To see master page elements as you work on your document choose Page View from the Window menu You can save a document with a master page as stationery a reusable template See Saving document formatting as templates stationery on page 2 12 If you select an object on a normal page not a master page and choose Move To Back from the Arrange menu the object may move out of sight behind an object on the master page For more information about slides see Creating a slide presentation on page 9 18 Adding pages to a
109. a library you ve previously Save saved Close a library Close amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 3 20 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Tip You can open libraries more quickly if you store them in the AppleWorks Libraries folder If a library is in the AppleWorks Libraries folder in the same folder as the AppleWorks application you can open that library by choosing Library from the File menu and then choosing the name of the library Working with the library palette In the Help index see gt libraries items in To Do this Add an item to a library Select the item in the document and click Add on the library palette If your computer s operating system supports drag and drop you can drag a selection from the desktop to a library or drag a library item to the desktop See Copying objects using the drag and drop feature on page 3 10 Use a library item in a document Select the item from the library palette and click Use You can also drag the item from the library to the document Find a library item If necessary click the triangle in the lower left corner of the library palette to expand the palette Type the item s name or a partial name in the Name box and then click Find Rename a library item If necessary click the triangle in the lower left corner of the library palette to expand the pal
110. a spreadsheet Selecting cells and ranges Modifying cell data Editing data Moving data Copying and deleting data Filling a range of cells Contents VII 6 1 6 2 6 2 6 3 6 3 6 4 6 4 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 9 6 10 6 10 6 11 6 11 6 12 6 13 6 14 6 15 6 15 6 16 6 16 6 16 6 17 7 1 7 2 7 3 7 3 7 4 7 5 7 5 7 6 7 6 7 7 7 8 7 8 VIII AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Formatting cell data Sorting cell data Locking cell data Naming cells and ranges Assigning names to cells Editing and deleting names Using named cells in formulas Replacing cell references with named cells Example 1 Using cell names in a formula Example 2 Replacing named cells with cell references Changing cells rows and columns Resizing or hiding rows and columns Inserting and deleting cells rows and columns Changing the number of rows and columns Adding borders colors and patterns to cells Locking row and column titles Adding and removing page breaks Changing the display Printing a spreadsheet document Working with formulas Understanding formulas Cell references in formulas Entering formulas Calculating formula results Making corrections Examples Entering formulas Working with functions Entering functions Example Using the AVERAGE function Displaying data in charts graphs Making charts Changing chart options Deleting copying or moving a chart Enhancing a chart s appearance Adding pictures or a text frame
111. abase layouts 8 33 drawings 5 19 6 15 paintings 6 15 spreadsheets 7 33 word processing documents 4 34 sections in a word processing document 4 25 Insertion point 4 3 Installing dictionary or thesaurus 4 32 Internet See also Electronic mail HTML files Web pages World Wide Web described 11 1 sending and receiving electronic mail 11 10 Introduction to AppleWorks 1 1 Inverting images 6 12 Invisible characters See Formatting characters ISP internet Service Provider 11 2 Italic text 4 7 Items library See Libraries J Japanese text WorldScript Justified text 4 12 Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic K Keys order 7 11 Keywords in document summary 2 16 Keywords index 1 4 L Labels mailing creating 2 6 8 31 described 8 30 printing 8 40 outline 4 15 4 18 paragraph 4 11 spreadsheet chart 7 30 Labels Assistant 2 6 8 32 Lasso 6 8 6 17 Layout mode database 8 2 8 28 Layouts See also Database documents Fields Records changing 8 32 8 33 columnar 8 17 8 18 8 30 8 31 creating 8 30 8 31 deleting 8 33 described 8 28 duplicating 8 33 naming 8 30 8 33 selecting 8 31 standard 8 36 types of 8 29 8 30 viewing 8 32 Leading grand summary See Parts database Leading in text 4 13 Legends spreadsheet chart 7 30 7 33 Letters in page numbers 3 17 Levels subtopics in outlines 4 14 Libraries 3
112. abetically Styles are collections of formatting information you can apply to text objects spreadsheet cells or database fields Documents often use different elements with consistent formats such as chapter headings and subheadings tables and draw objects To ensure uniformity and to save time in formatting these elements you can create custom styles that store your formatting settings Or apply the preset styles that come with the AppleWorks stylesheet palette If you change your mind about the formatting in your document you can edit styles once and have the formatting change throughout the document You can also transfer custom styles between documents X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 9 6 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Amstel teed Dds urha ta About the stylesheet palette bowie waved yest ad dm recom myriad a ot Surat eewatshes mapa quae art upat Trold aria ad minim bardin yd Biet ami the Anampa ndiri FLA utilbydp m asana modo aaa Intedparhinoad tana molar asrep ou Iha dora Feuystredi Pid bl wtoaro aro at warm nature odio Lem Ipam doke Atumat dbeahtre woven yalest sd Am moram n yribh uda od mapa uae art peer witout Treld i n mard ies la awai Hebert tiautuedy se aan cee mode ayut Dus ash ood am Mure dolor in harrdrartt Inbal parhinoad tas molar oormaat ou Iha L dotoram Mpw Allqam ext 9Te ere 1
113. ach picture is saved as a separate file in the same folder as the document If you move the HTML file to a different folder or computer you must move the picture files to the same location To make the pictures and documents easier to find save each HTML file with the pictures in its own folder To add a picture 1 Open or create the word processing document that you want to use as a Web page X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 11 6 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual 2 Add art as an inline or floating object You can draw objects or paint frames directly in the document use art from a library or insert art from another document Linking Web pages You can create links connections or jumps from selected areas in a Web page to a different location in your Web page or to other Web pages Links can jump to a bookmarked location or to a Uniform Resource Locator URL Links to another part of the same document or to another document are called document links Links to a Web page are called URL links In the Help index see gt Web pages links to For example create a link from a button in your HTML file to related sites Go To http Awww cafe com ae URL address for spr this Web page These links jump to a different location on the Web page About our coffees About our recipes Other sites This button jumps to a d
114. add columns using the column controls or the Section dialog box Use the column controls to add or subtract equal width columns Use the Section dialog box to create variable width columns or to enter precise column widths For more information on adding columns see onscreen Help Creating and changing columns on page 4 21 and the previous section Numbering sections In the Help index see gt Insert Page command You can place the section number in a header or footer and have it print on every page of the section Doing so is useful if a section represents a chapter in a book and you want to show chapter and page numbers For example you can show asection number by itself Chapter 3 Chapter 4 or with the current page number Page 3 11 Page 3 12 a a page number within a section Page 1 of 10 and Page 2 of 10 where there are ten pages in the section the total number of pages in a section This chapter contains 32 pages K Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 4 28 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual To insert the section number the page number or the total number of pages in the section or document choose Insert Page from the Edit menu Then select an option in the Insert Page Number dialog box To assign letters or Roman numerals instead of numbers to a section select an option
115. add to a drawing becomes an object To Do this ee 7 te Sn ee In the Help index see Add AppleWorks clip art to Choose Library from the File menu choose Open and sduplicati a drawing then choose a category In the library palette select an uplicating image and click Use For more information see Using gt Insert command libraries on page 3 18 gt libraries overview Copy one or more pictures from an Use one of the following methods AppleWorks document or a document from a different application to a draw document m Open the document containing the picture to copy select the picture and click on the Default button bar or choose Copy from the Edit menu Open the AppleWorks document to contain the copy click where you want the picture to go and then click on the Default button bar or choose Paste from the Edit menu Use drag and drop to drag the picture from a different document into the AppleWorks document Import pictures created ina different Click on the Default button bar or choose Insert application from the File menu In the Insert dialog box select a file type from the Show pop up menu locate the document to import and then click Inset Adding text soreadsheet or paint frames Use text spreadsheet and paint frames to add a professional touch to a S drawing Once you add a frame to a drawing it becomes an object that you n can select and then work with just as you can any object F
116. ady for use You see a checkmark next to the currently used style E Edit Style E File Edit O wv Basic Styles Default SS Base Style None Footnote Index Para 1st Line Indent 0 w Paragraph 4 Para Left Indent 0 5 in Formatting Body 1 Para Topic Label Bullet options for the v Bullet 1 selected style Checklist Bullet you can Default 1 edit these Footer 4 options Footnote h Header 1 Nunber q The quick brown fox v Outline St iZ z hes over the lazy gt Diamond i gt Harvard Stylesheet being edited To show or hide a sample of the selected style choose Show Sample or Hide Sample from the stylesheet palette s Edit menu Beyond the basics 9 7 The four style types are represented by symbols on the stylesheet palette Style type and symbol Description Example s Basic No Formats text numbers symbol objects and spreadsheet cells Lorem g Sets paint fill and pen Lorem i l 6 attributes i 3 P Lorem Basic styles contain all style Basic text styles Basic object styles information except paragraph formatting information Paragraph kl Formats entire paragraphs Lorem ipsum line spacing alignment indents tabs and labels Paragraph styles contain basic style information as well as paragraph formatting information Except for the Default paragraph style paragraph styles show only in text documents and frames Dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing e Nibh euismod tin
117. age or column You can end the page or column before it fills up by inserting a break at the insertion point To set a page or column break position the insertion point where you want the break and then choose Insert Column Break or Insert Page Break from the Format menu If Show Invisibles is selected in the Preferences dialog box you see a page or column f break character where you inserted the break For more information about preferences see Setting preferences on page 3 21 Tip To show or hide formatting characters quickly click f4 on the Default button bar or type 88 semicolon To remove a break click at the beginning of the line that follows the break and press Delete Scrolling pages In the Help index see gt pages guides In a multiple page word processing document you can scroll pages from side to side or one page on top of the next To change how the pages scroll choose Document from the Format menu In the Document dialog box select One Page Above The Next or Facing Pages Side By Side and then click OK Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 4 24 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Dividing a document into sections In AppleWorks sections in documents act like chapters in books each section can have a different format You can change its header and footer text page numbering and number of c
118. ail merge See Merging data Mail electronic See Electronic mail Mailing labels See Labels Make Table Assistant 2 6 4 19 Making tables 2 6 Margins See also Indenting setting 3 18 viewing 3 12 3 18 Master pages 5 17 Matching records 8 27 Memory 6 16 Merging data 7 5 9 22 9 25 Microsoft Works importing from 8 39 Modems described 10 2 phone calls and 10 4 requirements for 10 9 setting connection with 10 4 when required 10 1 10 4 Modes paint 6 7 6 13 Mouse control preferences 3 22 Movies 8 9 9 32 control badge 9 32 QuickTime extension 9 31 Moving database columns and rows 8 20 fields 8 32 records 8 16 images 6 8 objects 5 8 outline topics 4 17 spreadsheet cells and data 7 7 x Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic I 8 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Multimedia fields attributes changing 8 34 described 8 9 moving with database document 8 17 N Name fields 8 8 8 14 8 23 Named cells 7 12 cells in formulas 7 14 search 8 26 Naming cells 7 13 documents 2 9 fields 8 3 8 12 layouts 8 30 8 33 reports 8 38 searches 8 26 sort sequences 8 22 8 23 Negative numbers entering 7 5 formatting 7 10 New documents creating 2 2 Newsletter Assistant 2 6 Non breaking space 4 5 Number fields 8 8 Numbering footnotes 4 28 outlines 4 15 4 17 pages 3 16 paragraphs 4 11 sections 4 27 Numbers entering in spreadsheets 7 5
119. aliquam nt volutpat Ut wii ugait culls Seilied Lorem ipaum dok sit ferim ad rain variam quis nosind exami Mt coreetaucr adipising l 248 dam erin nd mirim veniam quisnsimd exani Stet cneasttuerdipiing el s44 dam htio ulameaper suscip kbatisnistut Pocu mmy nibb uie med tiwidare ut facet hiin ameapa neigh boats gaum oit ined utiaoreet ie atin SaL CAAM Del ixe nig ign ant webtpa Ue pepe ee Soles magpa aliquam eat vobtpat U whi Autem vel um t ie doler in bendar i sd min wean gu oead a i a cl sum fine debe i PAE cand oman viran acca a Mibu well aoe paltai seseg vel iio ulkmeuper aiige boai riut hu fputate welt aasa molestie core Hon ulameaper assip kb otis nicl ut ira dansa Eun mik Ace ar wire st easda commodo ceecagiat Dub autem fim kinse Erem mik Arieta uao S esden commedo ccesegnE Die ulem lace at xccumean a isto odio diggissim qui Um k e dolor in bener i lace at accumean a isto odio digniceim gua 2m kisa Pindit present uptatum zaid delenit bandit pexesert luptatum zarit Stent View without margins and page guides Normal view showing margins and page guides To preview a draw paint database or spreadsheet document choose Page View from the Window menu amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Basics 3 13 EEFEFREEEET BBS it qt Normal view ai U
120. and adjusting page and column breaks You can also add headers and footers to pages and show the current page number date and time in the document See Creating headers and footers on page 3 14 and Adding a date or time and Numbering pages on page 3 16 Text word processing 4 21 Creating a title page In the Help index see gt cover pages If you ve added a header or footer to a word processing document you can create a title page so that the header or footer doesn t print on the first page To create a title page choose Section from the Format menu In the Section dialog box select Title Page and then click OK For information on creating more than one title page in a document see Dividing a document into sections on page 4 24 Creating and changing columns In the Help index see gt columns text You can arrange text in multiple columns on every page of a document As you type text flows from the end of one column to the beginning of the next When you make changes to the width or number of columns the text adjusts accordingly Note You can set up different column formats from page to page or on the same page using sections See Dividing a document into sections on page 4 24 and Varying the number of columns on a page on page 4 27 Lorem ipsum dolor feugiat nulla facilisis at molestie consequat ver eros etaccu Qui el ilum dolore eu blandit prae
121. and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 7 30 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Changing chart options R F You can change the way data is plotted as well as the appearance of a chart s In the Help index see elements the title axes series series labels or series symbols Each type gt charts creating of chart this one is an X Y scatter chart contains most of the same elements Use this data to make the chart California poppy Eschscholzia Title Y axis Series symbols 0 50 Axes labels Germination rate Legend Series box X axis 100 To revise an existing chart double click the chart or select the chart and choose Chart Options from the Edit menu In the Chart Options dialog box select chart options and make your changes To view other chart options click the Gallery Axes Series Labels and General buttons and choose among the options that appear When you re satisfied with the chart click OK Use this option in the Chart Options dialog box To set or change Chart type Label scale and tick marks on an axis Format and symbol for the data series value Position and format of the title and legend In the Help index see Gallery gt charts modifying Axes gt charts options Series Labas General Chart range series orientation in rows or in columns How number data if an
122. and then add another column to that section Lom Ipam debe Atimat dbochtre usw ab dest ead dae Lem Ipam dike Atina dboechtre raw aby dest sad dia p at pope Ea moam wy ribh udasi tant utira dotorem sine quae menm my ribhwdvmed iant utmas dokram bia igu ardvcupih Tili ole vioki buia yds niiudened arodu Theta ede de inde bard mad roriud aard tienulne ae aw dpl titer nA utube a saran mm ode Sell oa A PETS TLN 4 E ant momat Dus uha odam Huredelerintandrartths Du rha ouam Hlureditorintandracttin aratra hurt os Loum Ipaa dolor atun ah adb arhtrar innbakt dm mom rithm od tnd andat Hecewtdoiee mayne quam aritoclutpat Thoti dm ed seoatwoaahyt ode Lom pam doke Atimat dbverhtre krabat ad Am rece m yrth vdm od ind unt uit reati oram hype dkna aratochipat Tol ede ed mkin bank qa vtd eer tion dle gewit letort A utdlquip m avdn cam odo awyurt Fu athe oa am Mure deorintaedrartt in buputve ite ne dete cera oa Hum dolore Muthil ds oaro wey atin att odo agant Ds whe OM am kurs dorinhandrarttin buparha oi tos hot ecru aqunt od Blum dobre a Pu thea Ay storo awatin t ods Lom Ipam dkr Atat Lom Ipam dohe Atina varita vont ket MAd um rorem my rbh vima tridni hiret Sie aam d Sup reaala d Insert a second ien peer a e Sea dieor column in the ap dpi tichert lA ut ily aw dpi tober iA ut diqup section Aaav de san do oweyuet amavon nam odo oneyuNt Du are od am Kure Du rha od am Kure Page before section break Page after section break You
123. ane scrollback 10 5 Paragraph Sorter Assistant 2 6 4 14 Paragraph styles 9 7 9 13 Paragraphs adding bullets numbers or checkboxes to 4 11 aligning text in 4 12 copying ruler settings for 4 14 counting 4 33 indenting 4 11 line spacing changing 4 8 reordering 4 12 sorting 2 6 4 14 space between 4 13 styles for 9 7 9 13 Parts database copying summary fields in 8 37 deleting and resizing 8 37 described 8 36 inserting 8 36 Passwords opening protected documents 2 10 setting 2 17 Paste Function button 7 27 Pasting See also Copying Cutting cell data 7 8 formats 7 10 described 3 10 formats cell 7 10 paragraph 4 14 library items 3 20 objects 5 9 objects in a spreadsheet cell 3 10 styles 9 17 text from communications documents 3 10 Patterns See also Palettes changing in charts 7 33 copying from objects 5 11 setting for database fields 8 34 images 6 6 objects 5 10 Pencil 6 5 Perspective adding to images 6 11 Phone book communications 10 3 10 8 Pick Up command 6 13 Picture clippings 3 11 Pictures adding to database fields 8 9 8 14 database layouts 8 33 drawings 5 19 headers and footers 3 14 HTML files 11 5 libraries 3 18 paintings 6 15 spreadsheets 7 33 word processing Index l 9 documents 4 34 formatting in database fields 8 34 inline 4 34 wrapping text around 4 35 Pixels changing size of 6 15 described 6 1 6 15 editing individual 6 10 Point of origin for paint fram
124. ant Make a backup copy of your AppleWorks database before you insert from another document To Do this Import a database Choose Open from the File menu and then choose Database from the Document Type pop up menu Choose a file format from the File Type pop up menu and then click Open Insert a database Create a database or open a database to insert into Click on the Default button bar or choose Inset from the File menu and then select the file to insert If you selected an AppleWorks database AppleWorks inserts it If you selected an ASCII DBF DIF or SYLK database choose the fields to insert in the Import Field Order dialog box and then click OK AppleWorks supports these formats Supported format Used by AppleWorks DB AppleWorks ASCII text Most applications DBF dBASE files DIF Some spreadsheet applications database applications and AppleWorks MS Works 2 0 DB Microsoft Works 2 0 SYLK Spreadsheet applications such as Apple Resolve Wingz and Microsoft Excel 8 40 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Note You can import a FileMaker Pro database document into Apple Works To do so export save the FileMaker Pro document as a DIF document Then import open the DIF document with AppleWorks You can also or import an AppleWorks document with FileMaker Pro To do so export save the AppleWorks document as a DIF document and then import open the DIF document with FileMaker Pro When you i
125. ape Smooth or Unsmooth from the Edit menu SF SF Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 5 14 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Connecting objects In the Help index see gt connecting objects When you want to make an intricate design with many curves or angles you can connect a series of shapes You can connect any combination of freehand shapes polygons regular polygons and bezigons Start by creating the two objects you want to connect Then select one of the objects and choose Reshapefrom the Arrange menu You see anchor points on the object and the reshape pointer Anchor point Reshape pointer we Objects to be connected Choose Cut or Copy from the Edit menu and then Example before and after To Connect the end of one object to the start of another Select the second object and click on the Default button bar or choose Paste from the Edit menu Then choose Reshape again Connect the starting points of two objects Select the starting point of the second object and click on the Default button bar or choose Paste from the Edit menu Then choose Reshape again Ys amp Click on the Default button bar or choose Paste from the Edit menu one or more times Then choose Peshape again Create a pattern of duplicate connected shapes a Ae a es amp Choose Index from the or
126. ar from the Window menu To change Select the text or frame and choose The font A font from the pop up menu on the button bar or from the Font menu The size A point size from the pop up menu on the button bar or from the Size menu The attribute such as bold italic An attribute from the pop up menu on the button underline subscript superscript bar or from the Style menu superior or inferior The color A color from the pop up menu on the button bar amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 4 8 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual B eT In the Help index see gt styles Select the text you want to f Lorem UEA sit amet Before change Lorem psum dolorsit amet After To change Select the text or frame and choose The style A style from the pop up menu on the button bar Tip You can create styles combinations of formatting information and apply the styles to text with a single click using the stylesheet palette To show the stylesheet palette click 5 on the Default button bar or choose Show Stylesheet from the Window menu For example if you create a style called Bold Italic you can apply it to text any time you want When you change a style all the text with the same style also changes For information on creating and using styles see onscreen Help and Using styles on page 9 5 Edit Styl
127. ar nena end Don cain near Tja Ti hop JAn ac agin Arrar eet Merge document To merge data follow these general steps Beyond the basics 9 23 Tarir Porch reg b Are Vil ay IE ur TAC PL rnaacting LO ned oni ropra rine E rikay mot Anar aonan veri ajsyabh ibeo yan ue kpa Ire Result of mail merge 1 Set up a database You can have a database of names and addresses items and prices clients and facts about them or any other categories of information you want to merge with text Be sure to save the database Mail merge only works with database documents that are saved to disk 2 Prepare a merge document or frame Enter the text that is common to all the printed documents in a document or frame and then enter field variables where you want to insert information from the database 3 Print the merge document with the database information inserted Each of these steps is described in the following sections 9 24 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Setting up the database You can use data from an existing AppleWorks database document or create i Taso in the Help index sge a new database document Keep the following in mind databases documents 3 gt found set Determine how the data will appear in the merge document and define the gt sorting database fields accordingly For example to create a form letter with a salutation that includes a person s first name create separate fields f
128. arate pixels Shapes drawn in a painting lose their individual identity and become part of the collection of pixels For example when one image in a painting overlaps another the back image is permanently replaced with the front image In adrawing changes affect the In apainting changes affect onl entire selected object selested piels P t A painting can be a document or a frame You use the same tools and commands any time you work with a painting whether it s a document or a frame Creating a painting In the Help index see gt documents creating gt paint documents gt paint tool To create a Do this Example Blank paint document Choose New from the File menu select Painting and then click OK Or click on the Default button bar If you don t see the button bar choose Show Button Bar from the Window menu Paint frame within another Select the paint tool choose type of document except Show Tools from the Window communications menu if necessary move the pointer into the working area of the document and then draw the paint frame A paint frame in a word processing document X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Painting 6 3 Tip If you see a message telling you that the document size has been reduced to fit the available memory see Working with large files on page
129. at can be transmitted over a telephone line The computer at the other end of the telephone connection also requires a modem Session The amount of time from when you connect to an online service or another computer to when you disconnect also called connect time When you use a commercial online service you re usually billed only for connect time Online service A host computer that gives you access to a variety of information such as weather forecasts airline schedules databases used for research and bulletin boards for communicating with other users AppleWorks supports only text based online services and cannot be used to browse the World Wide Web Communications 10 3 Creating a communications document i To create a communications document choose New from the File menu click Inine Help index ane Communications and then click OK Or click glj on the Default button bar If gt communications documents ou don t see the button bar choose Show Button Bar from the Window menu y About the communications window All communication between your computer and an online service or another computer appears in the communications window 00 00 00 Unconnected Shows the status of the current session Shows how much time has elapsed in a session click to reset Click to use or set up a phone book Connecting to another computer After you create a communications document you re ready
130. ating a preview of a paint document You can create a preview image of a paint document which is saved with the document The preview image is displayed when you choose Open from the gt general preferences File menu and select the paint document in the list with Show Preview selected see Opening a document on page 2 10 You can also create a custom icon of the paint image which is displayed as the document icon on your desktop In the Help index see To create a preview image or custom icon for paint documents choose Preferences from the Edit menu In the Preferences dialog box choose Genera from the Topic pop up menu and then select Create Preview or Create Custom Icon amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Creating links in paint documents When you plan to use an AppleWorks paint document or a document that contains a paint frame onscreen on the Internet or World Wide Web you can select an area of the document or frame and create a link a connection or jump to a different area of the same document a different document or a document or other information on the Internet In the Help index see gt book marks gt links To create a link in a paint document or frame use the lasso to select the area and then create the link For more information see Creating links on page 9 1 To create a link to informatio
131. ayout in Browse mode Label layouts To create a layout for labels click Labels in the New Layout dialog box choose a label from the pop up menu and then click OK Avery 5160 5260 5660 are the most common label sizes used for shipping and postal service mailers In the Set Field Order dialog box move the field names to the Field Order list in the order you want them to appear on the label and then click OK Name Adventure Books Address 1 100 Aspen Lane Address 2 Building 2 suite 300 City ST ZIP Durango CO 99332 Avery 5160 5260 5660 label Avery 5160 5260 5660 label layout layout in Layout mode in Browse mode If you choose Custom in the New Layout dialog box AppleWorks asks you to specify the size and number of the labels on the page Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 8 32 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Tip To create labels quickly create your database and then use the Create Labels Assistant Choose AppleWorks Assistants from the 7 or Help menu choose Create Labels and then click OK For more information about Assistants see Using an Assistant on page 2 4 Editing a layout In the Help index see gt fields arranging gt layouts editing To change the arrangement and appearance of data you must be in Layout mode You can use the tool panel to make changes Tip When you work in Layout mode it
132. base in Layout mode document but you can t link frames in a paint document You can link frames of the same type but you can t link frames of different types For example you can t link a text frame to a spreadsheet frame a You can link an existing frame to a new frame you create but you can t link two existing frames to each other To link frames select the arrow pointer Lk from the tool panel If you don t see the tool panel choose Show Tools from the Window menu Then choose Frame Links from the Options menu Select the text A spreadsheet or paint tool from the tool panel and drag the pointer to draw a frame Click once outside the frame To draw a text frame in a word processing document or a spreadsheet frame in a spreadsheet document press Option as you draw the frame Click the continue indicator and then draw the next frame After you draw the frames you can resize them enter and edit information in them and arrange the linked frames in your document Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Beyond the basics 9 31 Viewing empty frames Empty linked text frames do not show when you are adding new ones You can add a border by selecting the frame and choosing a width from the pen width palette Working with movies In the Help index see gt movies in documents If you have the QuickTime exte
133. ber operating environment document text and title text You g can also download articles directly from TechInfo Database Press lt CR gt for more CompuServe CLR 10 of the scrollback pane Terminal area Important Do not depend on the scrollback pane to save data As you fill available memory the oldest contents of the scrollback pane are removed If you choose Save from the File menu copies of the scrollback pane you saved earlier are overwritten and data may be lost To store incoming data safely capture it directly to a file See the next section Capturing incoming data You can change the characteristics of the scrollback pane to suit the way you work To Show and hide the scrollback pane Copy the contents of the scrollback pane into another document Do this Choose Show Scrollback or Hide Scrollback from the Settings menu Select the contents and choose Copy from the Edit menu Switch to another document and choose Paste Clear data from the scrollback pane Choose Clear Saved Lines from the Session menu Limit the amount of data to store Choose Preferences from the Edit menu In the Preferences dialog box choose Communications from the Topic pop up menu Select a memory option from the Scrollback pop up menu and then click OK Communications 10 7 Capturing incoming data In the Help index see gt capturing data gt communications prefere
134. button bar or choose Show Stylesheet from the Window menu Click Edit on the stylesheet palette The pointer changes to 8 From the scrolling list on the left select the name of the style to modify for example select Harvard or Legal 4 Click the arrow next to the style s name to make it point downward 5 In the scrolling list on the left select the outline level you want to modify 6 Change the properties of the outline level You change a style s properties using the document controls you d normally use to format text and objects such as the tools palettes ruler controls and menu commands For example you may want to change the indentation line spacing and the font size Repeat steps 5 and 6 for any other levels you want to change 8 When you finish click Done on the stylesheet palette There are several ways to create a table in AppleWorks word processing documents You can use the text ruler to set a tab for each column after you enter the text you can convert the tabbed table to a spreadsheet frame using a shortcut draw a spreadsheet frame that contains the number of rows and columns you want and then enter the text use the AppleWorks Assistant for making tables which sets up a spreadsheet frame for you Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 4 20 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Tab st
135. can use the names in place of cell addresses in formulas You can also use a name in a formula before it has In the Help index see gt formulas spreadsheet been defined to refer to a particular cell or range For information on t named cells andiranges entering formulas see Working with formulas on page 7 21 and onscreen Help To Do this Use named cells or ranges in a Select a cell and begin typing the formula Then add formula named cells or ranges where you would normally add cell and range addresses To add a named cell or range to a formula choose the name from the M menu in the entry bar You can also type the name directly into the formula Enter named cells or rangesina Select a cell and begin typing the formula Then type the formula before you define the name you want to define and finish entering the names formula You see NAME in the cell because you haven t assigned the name to any cells yet Assign a name to a cell or range Select the cell or range to name and choose Define Name from the menu in the entry bar In the Define Named Range dialog box choose a name from the pop up menu and then click Define Replacing cell references with named cells You can replace named cells or ranges such as Shares or Price with cell addresses such as A5 or B1 B3 in a formula To do so choose Replace Names from the menu in the entry bar To replace cell addresses with named cells or
136. cell range click fa on the Default button bar or choose Copy from the Edit menu and then select the target cell or range Choose Paste Special from the Edit menu select Paste Values Only in the Paste Special dialog box and then click OK Place a copy of cell contents on the desktop or in another document using drag and drop if you have Mac OS drag and drop installed on your system Select the cells and drag them to another document or to the desktop When you drag cells to the desktop you see a text clipping To insert a text clipping into a spreadsheet document drag the text clipping from the desktop to a cell on the spreadsheet For more information see Copying objects using the drag and drop feature on page 3 10 Paste cut or copied data Select the cell or cell range where you want the data to go and then click on the Default button bar to paste or choose Paste from the Edit menu Delete the cell contents and formatting Select the cells and choose Clear from the Edit menu Delete the cell contents and retain the cell formatting Select the cells and press the Delete key Important When you cut or copy cells that are part of an absolute reference in a formula be sure to cut or copy the entire range of cells in the calculation Filling a range of cells You can copy cell contents to adjacent cells and fill cells automatically with patterns of data such as the days of the week
137. choose Show Button Bar from the Window menu AppleWorks is preset to show the Info Line which displays information about the buttons To hide the Info Line choose Button Bar Setup from the M menu on the button bar and then deselect InfoLine in the Button Bar Setup dialog box HAHBH Copies the current selection and puts it on the Clipboard Default button bar for word processing documents Type a name for the button Type a brief description of what the button does the description displays in the Info Line Select the task you want the button to perform The Info Line shows information about a button you hold the pointer over To create a new button choose New Button from the J menu on the button bar If you don t see the button bar choose Show Button Bar from the Window menu You see the New Button dialog box New Button Button Name Show Button In KAI Environments J Word Processing Button Description When button pressed Play Macro w Macro A Drawing J Painting A Database A Spreadsheet amp Communications Edit Icon the list and click Go To Topic Select which document types you want the button to appear in Click to create a button design amp Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from 9 34 Appl
138. cidunt ut laoreet dolore magna Outline Formats paragraphs as outlines Outline styles contain paragraph substyles for the levels of an outline Outline styles show only in text documents and text frames Lorem ipsum I Dolor sit amet A Consectetuer B Adipiscing elit sed II Nibh euismod Table spreadsheet AA Formats the text and cells ina range of spreadsheet cells Table styles contain the table substyles for different parts of a spreadsheet Table styles show only in spreadsheet documents and frames A B 1 p 2 97 20 88 90 EJ 33 00 100 00 _4 67 12 44 00 5 88 00 87 00 6 285 32 319 90 9 8 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Styles in documents and frames You can use styles in frames and in every document type except communications This style For type Does this SS Sd R n In the Help index 3 Text Basic Formats text with combinations of font size and other nine mep Index see attributes and enhancements but not paragraph gt styles formatting information Paragraph Formats entire paragraphs with any attributes available to you for example indents paragraph labels and basic style attributes Outline Formats paragraphs as topics in an outline You can modify the preset outline styles or create your own Objects Basic Saves combinations of colors patterns textures gradients pen widths and text wrap attributes Paint documents and frames
139. ckground color on the Default button bar Tint the color in a selection Tint or click with the current fill color on the Default button bar FAFA Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Combining images In the Help index see gt picking up attributes Painting 6 13 To Choose Example before and after Lighten or darken each pixel Lighter or Darker or in a selection click Sp or a on the Default button bar When you finish coloring and tinting click anywhere outside the selection rectangle To combine the colors and patterns of two images select an image or area and move it over the image whose color and pattern you want to pick up Then click 3 on the Default button bar or choose Pick Up from the Transform menu ge SA k la Image of horse combined A oN H with the background Background ff A X AANE DIE Before After paint mode set to Tint Note The way AppleWorks combines the images depends on the paint mode In opaque mode the colors from underneath replace the colors in the selected image In transparent mode the colors underneath are added In tint mode the colors blend amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 6 14 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Adding text and spreadsheets In the Help index
140. click Modify Type a new name and then click OK Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 8 34 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Changing the appearance of data While you work in Layout mode you can change the way text numbers dates times and multimedia values appear in Browse mode and List mode and when you print You can work with layouts as they are or change them In the Help index see gt editing text gt fields formatting Fill palettes Pen palettes to suit specific purposes Start by choosing Layout from the Layout menu To Change the appearance of text in text pop up menu radio button or checkbox fields Do this Double click the field to modify select options and then click OK Show or hide field labels or set other options for pop up menu radio button or checkbox fields Change the appearance of text in a non text field for example to display a date in italic Double click the field select options and then click OK Select the field and choose from the Font Style Size and Text Color commands in the Format menu or use the pop up menus on the button bar Change the format of numbers dates and times Double click the number date or time field select formats and then click OK Change the appearance of a picture or QuickTime movie in a multimedia field Double cl
141. control how text aligns lines up in a document The text ruler has preset left tabs every one half inch Preset tabs do not appear on the ruler You can move the tabs to different locations remove tabs add tabs and use different tab alignments When you set tabs any preset tabs to the right of the tabs you set remain effective To set tabs select all the paragraphs you want to change Then click the type of tab marker you want and then click a position on the text ruler To remove a tab drag the tab marker up and off the ruler Click one of these tab markers and drag Right tab marker with Left tab marker to the ruler position you want fill character Center tab marker Align on tab marker corsectetuer consectetuer corsectetuer nonummy nonummy nonummy 1 5 magna magna magna 23 8 To set the fill character double click the tab marker amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic In the Help index see gt indentation In the Help index see gt bulleted lists gt labels paragraphs Text word processing 4 11 Indenting paragraphs To change the indentation for a paragraph position the insertion point in the paragraph and drag the first line indent marker left margin marker 4 or right margin marker a to a new position on the text ruler To indent the first line of a To indent a paragraph drag the
142. cords For complex searches use the Match Records feature in Browse mode or List mode When you match records you enter a formula in a field to use for the search AppleWorks selects records that match the result of the formula When you find records AppleWorks shows the records it finds and hides the rest When you match records AppleWorks selects the matching records and leaves all other records in the document open on the screen To work only with the matching records hide the others by choosing Hide Unselected from the Organize menu Tip To match records quickly in Browse or List mode click in a field and then click one of the operator buttons on the Default button bar For example to find all records that contain Colorado in the State field click in a State field that contains Colorado and then click E In Browse or List mode click in a field and on the Default button bar To find records that click Match the value in the selected field Do not match the value in the selected field z Contain a value less than the value in the selected k field Contain a value greater than the value in the DJ selected field To match records in Browse or List mode choose Match Records from the Organize menu Important To search for specific text values surround the values with double quotation marks In Browse or List mode To match records choose Match Records from that contain the Organize menu and then Example
143. crease columns 4 21 line spacing 4 13 pane 3 2 10 6 paragraph and outline style 4 15 show hide tools 3 1 3 4 tab 4 10 text alignment 4 12 zoom 3 1 Converting documents by importing 2 18 from and to FileMaker Pro 9 26 to HTML format 11 9 using Convert Documents script 2 19 Copying See also Cutting Duplicating Pasting x Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic cell formats 7 10 formulas or values 7 8 references 7 22 charts spreadsheet 7 29 7 31 communications data 10 6 database layouts 8 29 records 8 15 summary data 8 37 described 3 10 formats paragraph 4 14 spreadsheet cell 7 10 help text Help copying images 6 9 images colors of 6 6 library items 3 20 objects 5 9 objects attributes of 5 11 pictures 5 19 6 15 styles 9 17 tables from communications sessions 10 8 text from communications documents 3 10 tuler settings for 4 14 selected 4 6 using the eyedropper 5 11 6 6 Counting characters words lines paragraphs pages and sections 4 33 Create Labels Assistant 2 6 8 32 Custom buttons on button bar creating 9 33 icons paint 6 16 styles in outlines 4 19 text 9 5 9 18 Cutting See also Copying Pasting cell data 7 8 described 3 10 library items 3 20 styles 9 17 text 4 6 text from communications documents 3 10 D Database documents See also Databases Fields Layouts Records calculat
144. creen or on the Internet or World Wide Web you can select an area of the document and create a link In AppleWorks there are three types of links book marks document links and Uniform Resource Locator URL links Use To Book marks Jump to a different area of the same document Document links Jump to a link within the same document or to a different document URL links Link to other information on the Internet or World Wide Web To create a link you select text a spreadsheet cell paint image frame or object such as a graphic object in a drawing and then create the link If a selection has more than one link assigned to it the last link assigned will be the active link For more information about links see the following sections or onscreen Help X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 9 2 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Creating book marks Tip To create a book mark quickly select the text object cell frame or paint image Then click on the Default button bar Type a name for the book mark and click OK In the Help index see gt book marks Choose the type of link to create To create a book mark 1 o N Select the text object cell frame or paint image in which to place the book mark Choose Show Links Palette from the Window menu Choose Book Marks from the pop up menu on the links palette E
145. ct a word Click twice on the word Select a line Place the pointer in the line and click three times Select a paragraph Place the pointer in the paragraph and click four times Extend a selected range of text Hold down the Shift key move the pointer and click Select everything in a document or Choose Select All from the Edit menu frame Select a text frame as an object Select the arrow pointer and click the text frame When you select a text frame as an object you can change the appearance of the text inside Changes you make while a text frame is selected affect all the text in the frame Cutting copying and pasting text In the Help index see gt copying text Once you ve selected text you can cut or copy it to the Clipboard and paste it elsewhere in the document or in a different document or frame See Cutting copying and pasting on page 3 10 Tip To move text quickly select the text you want to move hold down 6 Option and then click where you want to move the text You can also move text between documents applications and the desktop using drag and drop See Copying objects using the drag and drop feature on page 3 10 Showing formatting characters In the Help index see gt invisible characters When you press certain keys such as the Space bar or Tab or Return you place special characters in your document called formatting characters that contain instructions for
146. ction format if it is selected Click OK Click the center alignment control above the ruler EREE r Click 7 on the Default button bar or choose Bold from the Style menu Choose 18 point from the pop up menu or from the Size menu at the top of the screen Click Done on the stylesheet palette The new paragraph style is added to the stylesheet palette Part 4 Apply the new styles to your document 1 2 Select the words Camping Supplies Click Centered Heading from the pop up menu or on the stylesheet palette Select the words at the campsite Choose Bold Italic from the pop up menu or on the stylesheet palette Your letter should now look like this Camping Supplies Be sure to bring these things on our camping trip 1 Tent 2 Compass 3 Sleeping bags We llsee you af he campsitenext weekend Editing styles In the Help index see gt styles editing Select a style to edit Beyond the basics 9 15 Part 5 Remove a style 1 Select the words at the campsite 2 Click s8 on the Default button bar to show the stylesheet palette 3 Choose Unapply Bold Italic from the Edit menu on the stylesheet palette You can instantly change the format of an entire document by editing styles When you edit a style all the text objects or cells that use that style are updated You can change a style s properties change the style on which the current style is based or rena
147. ctions A new section uses the settings of the section preceding it To change the format of a section click anywhere in the section and then choose Section from the Format menu In the title bar of the Section dialog box you see the number of the section you re formatting If more than one section is selected you see the number of the first section in the title bar of the Section dialog box Changes you make in the Section dialog box apply to the first section in the selection only Note You cannot insert a section with the Section dialog box For information on inserting a section see the previous section Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 4 26 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Start Section Page Numbers Continue From Previous Section Restart Page Number 1 Headers and Footers Continue From Previous Section Different For This Section O Left amp Right Are Different O Title Page Section 2 Shows the number of the section you re formatting Columns Number Of Columns E amp Variable Width Columns O Mirror On Facing Pages Settings For Column iy Space Before Column Width Space After 2 To Set where the section begins Do this Select an option from the Start Section pop up menu Change the starting page number for a sect
148. d 10 7 Cell range described 7 5 entering in formulas 7 24 7 28 naming 7 13 printing 7 21 setting in charts 7 30 Cells active 7 3 7 25 x Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic l 2 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual address for 7 6 borders adding 7 19 centering data in 7 10 data in deleting 7 8 7 18 entering 7 5 sorting 7 11 working with 7 6 7 7 7 8 deleting 7 18 filling automatically 7 9 grid 7 3 7 20 7 21 inserting 7 18 linking 7 35 locking protecting 7 6 names for 7 12 references to described 7 22 entering 7 23 examples 7 25 selecting 7 5 Certificate Assistant 2 6 Chapters adding to a document See Sections Characters counting 4 33 Charts See also Spreadsheet documents Spreadsheet frames borders on 7 33 copying or cutting 7 31 creating 7 29 7 30 deleting 7 31 described 7 29 elements described 7 30 modifying 7 30 7 33 examples 7 1 7 29 7 30 options for 7 30 resizing 7 31 showing and hiding 7 31 types of charts creating updating data for 7 29 Checkboxes as database fields described 8 9 finding 8 26 8 28 selecting 8 19 in text documents 4 11 Checking spelling See Spelling Checklists 4 11 Chinese text WorldScript Circles drawing 5 4 See also Objects Circular references 7 20 7 23 Clip art inserting in documents 2 19 storing in libraries 3 18 using 5 19 6 15 7 34 8 33 Clippings text
149. d Right margin boxes and then click OK To show or hide the margins and page guides select or deselect Show margins and Show page guides in the Document dialog box These options are available only when page view is on To turn on page view choose Page View from the Window menu Changing the page orientation and size In the Help index see gt paper size Using libraries In the Help index see gt libraries overview You can change how the page is oriented in the document You can also change the page size To change the page orientation choose Page Setup from the File menu select an orientation and then click OK Orientation Choose a vertical or horizontal orientation To change the page size choose Page Setup from the File menu select a paper option and then click OK Your paper size options depend on the type of printer you re using Note Page Setup options may vary with different systems or printers For more information about Page Setup options see the documentation that comes with your computer and printer A library is a palette that stores items you can reuse in a document Libraries are useful if you want to store copies of items you ve created A library can contain draw objects spreadsheet cells text paint images movies and frames You can add clip art commercially produced graphics to a library or you can add items you create yourself Tip AppleWorks includes severa
150. d choose Paste from the Edit menu Resizing and deleting parts D E In the Help index see gt resizing layout parts Start by choosing Layout from the Layout menu To In Layout mode do this Resize a part Move the pointer over the line dividing the parts until it looks like this and then drag the line to resize the part area Delete a part Delete all fields text and graphics in the part Move the pointer over the bottom edge of the part until the pointer looks like this Hold down the mouse button and drag the line up until the part disappears under the part above it or disappears at the top of the page Then release the mouse button Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 8 38 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Creating reports Using named searches named sorts and layouts you have already created you can make reports that find and reorder records and print the result For example you might want to set up a report to print the California addresses from your database on Avery 5164 mailing labels To create a report choose New Report from the Report i pop up menu New Report Report Name CA mail labels Type aname for the report Layout Avery 5160 vj Search California vj Choose report options Sort Postal vj C Print the Report Once you create a report you can reuse or change it In the Help index
151. d present the same data in many different ways You can also enhance the data by adding pictures patterned lines or other objects to the database document File Edit Format Layout Organize Window e3 dF SP J FS PS JS fe fed a a 0 J PS J Database menus EIA 2 reliel elie and button bar Helvetica gt 12_ gt A Bi None vy Ea Address list DB Customer Cooks and Books Address 45 First St 1 City Belmont Records Site ays m Clip art Postal 94002 Sorted File 103 h Kal Customer Jones Electronics ME Address 12 Main Street City Woodside File Customer Address City State Postal State CA 103 CooksandBooks 45 First St Belmont CA 94002 Postal 94072 101 Jones Electronics 12Main Street Woodside CA 94072 il 1 ree mt 102 Titan Books 78 South St Austin MN 55912 Customer Titan Books Address 78 South St Alphabetize the list and City Austin add a icture State MN p Postal 55912 ra Enter names and addresses in a database document See chapter 8 Database for more information about database documents Introduction 1 13 Communications documents A communications document is different from other AppleWorks documents It conducts a communications session between your computer and an online information service a bulletin board or another computer
152. d scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Text word processing 4 35 Once you add an object you can change how it s placed in text To change Do this A floating object to an inline object Select the arrow pointer amp in the tool panel and select the floating object Choose Cut or Copy from the Edit menu and then select the text tool A in the tool panel Then place the insertion point in the text and choose Paste from the Edit menu An inline object to a floating object Select the text tool in the tool panel and select the inline object Choose Cut or Copy from the Edit menu and then select the arrow pointer Then choose Paste from the Edit menu Aligning inline objects To move any inline object except equations above or below the baseline of the text double click the object In the Descent dialog box type the number of points between 255 and 255 you want the object to move Type a positive number to move the object below the line of text or type a negative number to move it above the line of text Wrapping text around pictures You can wrap text so that it flows around a picture or frame either in a i Tebe Un Mie Hel panera eee rectangular shape or around the contours of the object gt text wrap ut laoreet dolore magna aliquo exer ript nec s ponam In he utlaoreet OF dolore magr donam Ut suscript nod tneidunt ut n ullamcorpe m In h
153. dams For names that end with a title type Option space between the last name and the title for example James Smith Jr sorts by Smith For names that you want to sort by the first word in the field type at the beginning of the field for example Treetop Books sorts by Treetop You see the symbol only when you select the field Enter a picture or movie in a Use one of the following methods multimedia Held Copy and paste a picture or movie from a different document Choose Inset from the File menu and then select the picture or movie file using the Insert dialog box Add or drag and drop an object from a library palette Use drag and drop to drag the picture or movie file into the AppleWorks database field When a field contains a picture you see the picture in the field When the field contains a movie you see a preview image of the movie To play a movie see Playing movies in multimedia fields on page 8 17 Choose a value from a Select the field to see the predefined list Then predefined list double click a value or select the value and press Enter on the numeric keypad Adding records F To add a record choose Browse or List from the Layout menu and then click In the Help index see on the Default button bar or choose New Record from the Edit menu New Record command AppleWorks displays the record in the current layout and increases the drag and drop record number
154. de show reorder the slides and specify visual effects If you have QuickTime installed you can also include QuickTime movies in the slide show To run a slide show using the preset options see Showing the slides using one computer on page 9 21 In the Help index see gt slide shows options Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 9 20 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual To set slide options choose Slide Show from the Window menu In the Slide Show dialog box change options to customize your slide show and click Done Click the icon to change the slide display the icon appearance changes to indicate that it s opaque transparent or hidden Special effects options Icon appearance indicates the slide display Page 1 i Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 Page 5 Page 6 Page r Slide Options Fit to screen f Center A Show cursor O Fade O Loop O Advance every 5 seconds E E Background Border Opaque Transparent fi Hidden To end show press q r QuickTime Options O Auto play O Simultaneous CO Complete play before advancing b Cancer start Type q to end the slide show QuickTime movie options Select To do this Fitto screen Fit the entire slide within the boundaries of the screen Center Center the slide
155. delete footnotes or endnotes the remaining footnotes or endnotes are renumbered and the document is adjusted accordingly To delete a footnote select the footnote reference and press the Delete key Finding and changing text In the Help index see gt finding text Type the word or phrase you want to find You can use the AppleWorks Find Change command to save time finding a particular word or phrase in your document or to find and replace some or all occurrences of specific text To find and replace text choose Find Change from the Edit menu and then choose Find Change Find Change Type the text to be used as the replacement optional O Whole word Case sensitive Click to find the next occurrence without Change All Change Change Find making a change Click to replace all Click to replace only this Click to replace this occurrence occurrences atonce occurrence and end the search and then find the next one If you leave the Change box empty clicking any change button deletes the text that is found Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 4 30 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Once you close the Find Change dialog box you can find the text for which you last searched by choosing Find Change from the Edit menu and then Find Again Finding special characters In the
156. dialog box type a name for the button bar add buttons and then click OK For information on adding and removing buttons see the previous section Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 3 8 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Using palettes In the Help index see gt palettes types gt palettes using Press and hold down a button to view the palette and select an option A palette is a window with options you can apply to documents frames and objects You can open collapse and expand palettes such as the fill pen library and stylesheet palettes File Edit Format Arrange Options Window 2 PEER Aek Default zii untitled DR z Fill Color Fill Pattern E E a i Collapsed palettes go automatically to the upper right corner of the document Click to close the palette Click to collapse Option clicking closes all the palette open palettes z Option clicking _ collapses all open palettes Drag the palette ea Eres S onto the working f area to keep it open while you work a E paai Ee ted Note You can resize some palettes such as the library and stylesheet palettes To resize a palette hold the mouse button down over the resize box in the lower right corner of the palette and
157. dipiscing elt sed diam nonummy nibh euisr ut lacreet dobre magna aliquam erat volutpat Ut wisi enim ad minim ver nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lbbortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea corr consequat Click twice outside the frame to work in the rest of the document Click once to select the frame as an object Click again to work inside the frame Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 6 4 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual In the Help index see gt frames formatting gt frames working in Here are some ways to adapt a paint frame to suit your needs To Do this Resize a paint frame Select the frame and drag a handle Open the frame to see Select the frame and choose Open Frame from the Window more of the painting menu When you open the frame you see the painting in a new window The open frame is linked to the original document Any changes you make in the open frame are also made in the document To close an open frame choose Close from the File menu Change the width and Select the frame and choose Open Frame from the Window height of the painting menu When you open the frame you see the painting in a new window Choose Document from the Format menu and then type new size values To close an open frame choose Close from the File menu Close an open frame Choose Close from the File menu Display a diffe
158. ds 8 34 QuickTime movies in database fields 8 34 rows and columns in databases 8 20 spreadsheets 7 19 7 20 sections 4 25 text characters 4 7 databases in 8 20 8 34 drawings in 5 20 paintings in 6 14 spreadsheets in 7 10 text frames in 5 20 with custom styles 9 5 Formatting characters described 4 6 searching for finding 4 30 showing hiding 4 6 11 4 Formulas See also Functions Spreadsheet documents calculating 7 24 database 8 9 8 11 described 7 21 displaying in cells 7 20 entering in databases 8 9 8 11 spreadsheets 7 23 errors in 7 25 examples 7 22 7 25 named cells in 7 14 operators entering 7 23 order of precedence of operators Frames See also Paint frames Spreadsheet frames Text frames documents in paint 6 14 spreadsheet 7 4 filling 5 10 inline 4 34 inserting in text 4 34 linked 9 29 9 31 locked 5 16 selecting 5 6 5 20 text changing appearance of 5 10 5 20 transparent 5 3 5 10 5 19 Freehand objects See also Objects connecting 5 14 Index l 5 drawing 5 4 reshaping 5 13 Frequently Asked Questions 1 6 Function button 7 27 Functions See also Formulas Spreadsheet documents described 7 26 entering in databases 8 11 spreadsheets 7 27 example 7 28 for matching records 8 28 values selecting 7 28 G Gallery 7 30 General preferences 3 22 Getting help See Help Glossary terms in Help glossary user s guide 1 2 Go to page 3 3 record 8 16 spread
159. e File Edit File Edit Then click to Jena tane vv Basic Styles apply a style that Default Bold Italic you ve created Footnate Index Default Body Default SS Bullet Footnote Index Checklist v Paragraph f Footer Body 1 Footnote H Bullet q Properties To see astyle s Properties of properties click Edit the style Bold and then select the style Italic Changing paragraph formats In the Help index see gt rulers Each paragraph has a particular format indentation tab settings and line spacing The text ruler indicates the format of the current paragraph the paragraph that contains the insertion point Using the text ruler or the Paragraph dialog box you can change the format of paragraphs before or after you type them AppleWorks is preset to show the text ruler in a word processing document If you don t see the ruler choose Show Rules from the Window menu amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Text word processing 4 9 Line spacing controls Column controls Paragraph and annie Alignment controls Tab markers Left margin marker drag top part only First line indent and left margin marker First line indent marker Right margin marker drag bottom part only To display the Paragraph dialog box choose Paragraph from the Format menu Senne Rie Gee tse Tip You can u
160. e 7 menu in the entry bar Click Define to accept the suggested name Expenses Nn Oo oO RA Q Cells B1 and B2 are now named Income and Expenses Cell name appears here 8 Type 1000 and 800 in cells B1 and B2 respectively 7 16 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual 9 Select cell B3 and type an equal sign 10 Choose Income from the menu in the entry bar and type a minus sign 11 Choose Expenses from the menu in the entry bar and press Enter The formula contains the named cells Income and Expenses Example 2 Replacing named cells with cell references This example shows you how to replace the named cells you defined in Example 1 with cell references 1 Select cell B3 and choose Replace Names from the menu in the entry bar 2 In the dialog box note that Expenses and Income are suggested for replacement with cell addresses You want to replace them both so click Replace The named cells are replaced with their corresponding cell addresses Spreadsheet 7 17 Changing cells rows and columns There are several features that control how you display and work with data in rows and columns You can resize hide insert and delete rows and columns Resizing or hiding rows and columns To resize all the rows or columns in a range by the same amount start by selecting multiple rows or columns Then specify a size or use the mouse In the Help index see
161. e and delete records Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Database 8 3 Requests Name Name EA Month Find fi Sk Contrib uti Contribution Ova Sia cwo Cormeen AT STZ DS i Tabs SOR Wee SR is ahar ees a WS a Ae BF oe ate Wee tae See Sos a ew E a de Oe ee Lomi Pe a Ole E E E EE A A TE OEE mE JHH BE l In Find mode you search for specific Ele S E ale records to work with In Layout mode you design the way you want the data to appear when viewed or printed Creating a database document Note You can t create a database document within another document In the Help index see gt documents creating To create a database document when AppleWorks is running choose New from the File menu In the New Document dialog box select Database and then click OK Or click on the Default button bar If you don t see the button bar choose Show Button Bar from the Window menu When you open a new database document you begin by defining fields The field definition consists of the field name field type such as text or number and other options Once you have defined the fields you make new records and enter values data in the fields Example Creating a simple database In this section you set up an example database with two fields and three records Choose Index from the or Help
162. e apply a style Body Default SS ig a None you created Bullet v Highlight Cell Format Currency Total Da Checklist lt Paragraph Cell Decimal Places 2 Default Body Cell Commas Off Before Footer Bullet Cell Negatives in Q Off Header Checklist Obj Pen Size None Number Default Obj Fill Color 7 _ Price Price kata Highlighted field in To see a style s properties click Properties of the style Layout mode the Edit button and select the Highlight style Price 10 95 Price 12 95 Total 23 90 Highlighted field in Browse mode After 8 36 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Presenting and summarizing data with parts You use database parts to present and summarize data on the screen and In the Help index see when printed A standard layout has one part a body which contains the gt layouts parts for data from all current records Other parts you can add are a header r Summaries database sub summaries grand summaries leading and trailing and a footer To insert a layout part choose Layout from the Layout menu choose Insert Part from the Layout menu and then select the part to add Parts in Layout mode Quarterly contributions Name Month Contribution Name Month Contribution Bodi Contributor total Contributor total Subesummary by Name O _ Summary fields are defined with Total contributions Total contributions __ the formula SUM Contribution Quarterly contr
163. e hardware such as a modem and phone line In addition your computer must be connected to an Internet service provider or another network that provides electronic mail services For more information about sending and receiving electronic mail see onscreen Help In addition see the documentation that comes with your computer browser or Internet service provider Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Index Symbols error 7 25 e in spreadsheet cells 7 23 A Absolute references 7 22 Active cell 7 3 7 25 Address Envelope Assistant 9 27 Address labels See Labels Address List Assistant 2 6 8 7 Address cell 7 6 Addresses and names list 2 6 8 7 Addressing envelopes 2 6 9 27 Airbrush Spray can 6 5 Aligning data in cells 7 10 fields 8 34 fields 8 32 8 41 objects 5 15 text 4 6 4 12 text in text frames 4 6 5 20 Alphabetizing library items 3 21 Apple Guide 1 6 Apple Modem Tool 10 9 AppleScript AppleScript AppleWorks 2 2 AppleWorks stationery See Stationery Applying styles 9 9 9 12 9 14 Arcs See also Objects reshaping 5 13 6 5 tool for drawing 5 4 Arrow keys preferences for 3 22 Arrow pointer 3 4 3 9 Arrowheads adding to lines 5 10 6 6 copying settings for 5 11 Art See Clip art Pictures Assistants Address List 8 7 Create Labels 8 32 described 2 4 Envelope 2 6 9 27 Insert Footnote 4
164. e menu as your primary means of saving incoming data you should use it mainly for saving communications settings When you save a document with Save copies of the scrollback pane that you saved earlier are overwritten and data may be lost To store incoming data safely capture it directly to a file See the previous section Capturing incoming data To print a communications document choose Print from the File menu You can print at any time Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 10 8 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Copying and pasting a table In the Help index see gt Copy Table command If you receive a table of data during a communications session you can paste it into a spreadsheet so it lines up one item per cell or into a text document or frame so that the columns line up To copy a table during a communications session select the text you want changed to a table the text must have at least two spaces between columns Choose Copy Table from the Edit menu and then paste the data into a spreadsheet or word processing table Sending a file to a remote location In the Help index see gt sending files You can send a file to another computer if the computers have the same transfer method When you send a file be sure that the other computer is set up to receive files automatically or that someone is available at
165. e spreadsheet frames in a document See Linking frames on page 9 29 Typing in a spreadsheet Each cell in a spreadsheet can contain numbers words or formulas In the Help index see gt entering spreadsheet data gt spreadsheets documents Click EA to To type numbers or words confirm the entry in a cell click a cell and or xx to cancel begin typing appears in the entry bar The entry appears in the cell To enter a negative number begin the number with a minus sign To enter a formula or function begin the entry with an equal sign See Working with formulas on page 7 21 and Examples Entering formulas on page 7 25 for more information Note You can also print or merge database information on a spreadsheet For more information on merging documents and printing them see Merging data into documents mail merge on page 9 22 Selecting cells and ranges You must select a cell or cell range group of adjacent cells before you can In the Help index see change format or work with data gt Go To Cell command gt selecting cells Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 7 6 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Modifying cell data Editing data IMM In the Help index see gt entering spreadsheet data gt finding text gt spelling gt spreadsheets preferences
166. eWorks 5 User s Manual Using macros To set the task that the button performs choose an option from the When button pressed pop up menu To make the button From the When button pressed pop up menu choose Play a macro Play Macro Enter the name of the macro you want the button to play Open a document Open Document Click Select Document select the document you want the button to open and then click Open Open another application Launch Application Click Select Application select the application you want the button to open and then click Open Open a URL Open URL Enter the URL for the document to link to on the World Wide Web Your computer must already be set up with a Web browser and an Internet connection for the URL button to link to the document Execute a script Execute Script Click Select Document select the AppleScript you want the button to open and then click Open To edit a button choose Edit Buttons from the menu on the button bar Select the button and click Modify A macro is one action that performs a series of actions You can create macros to automate tasks you do often For example you can create a macro that sorts a database prints a report and then closes the database document You can also create a button to execute a macro and add the button to the button bar See the previous section For information on In the Help index see Changing a macro gt macros
167. ect number date or other non text fields Customer Street Adventure Books 100 Aspen Lane i Note You can change the appearance of text in a column in one step by applying a style See Using styles on page 9 5 Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Selecting and hiding records You can select and hide individual records or a range of records in Browse mode or List mode Hidden records are not printed sorted or included in In the Help index see gt status panel databases summary calculations To Do this Select a record Click anywhere in the record outside of a field Database 8 21 Example Continent Country In Browse mode click here Continent Country Continent Asia Japan Country In List mode Asia click here pan Select multiple records Drag through the records to select or select arecord and then Shift click another record to extend the selection Continent Country Continent Country Continent Europe Country France Hide unselected Select the records youdon t ear Continent Asia records want to hide and then Country Country Japan choose Hide Unselected from A the Organize menu Comment aes Asia Country Country Yietnam Continent Europe Country France Before After Hide selected Select the records you want per
168. ect a standard document type such as Standard Word Processing from the scrolling list in the New Document dialog box You can open regular stationery from the New Document dialog box or from the Open dialog box To open regular stationery from the Do this New Document dialog box Choose New from the File menu and then select Use Assistant or Stationery Choose a category from the Category pop up menu select the stationery name in the scrolling list and then click OK Open dialog box Choose Open from the File menu select the disk or folder containing the stationery select the stationery name in the scrolling list and then click Open Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 2 16 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Identifying your documents In the Help index see gt Document Summary Info command Keep track of different versions of a document Identify important information in the document Save a description of your document when you want to include notes to yourself about the document s contents or when you plan to save the document as regular stationery See Saving document formatting as templates stationery on page 2 12 To save a description of a document choose Document Summary from the File menu and then type the information Document Summary Title Introductor
169. ect all of the cells to name include both row and column headings in the selection and choose Auto Name from the M menu in the entry bar Select a name then click Define You can assign more than one name to a cell or range Cells B3 and C3 are named Shares Cells B4 and C4 are named Price Cells B3 and B4 are named January Cells C3 and C4 are named February such as operators like or and punctuation If you change your mind about the name or location of a named cell or range or if you want to delete a name choose Edit Names from the menu in the entry bar Then make changes in the Edit Names dialog box To Rename a cell or range Select a name from the scrolling list and then Type a new name and then click Modify Change the cell address referenced by a name Type a new address for the cell or range and then click Modify Delete the name of a cell or range Click Remove If the name you want to delete is used in a formula you must first replace the names in the formula with cell references See Replacing cell references with named cells on page 7 14 Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 7 14 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Note When you edit a name AppleWorks updates all of the formulas that use the name you edited Using named cells in formulas Once you ve named cells and ranges you
170. ected cell or cell range select the cells and then choose Unlock Cells from the Options menu Naming cells and ranges In the Help index see gt named cells and ranges You can assign a name to any cell or range of cells Naming cells can help you remember the purpose of data in a particular cell or range a visually locate a named cell or range a simplify formulas by using named cells instead of cell addresses When you select a named cell or Cell B5 contains the range you see its name here you formula Shares Price must select every cell in a range to instead of B3 B4 see that range s name E 18 750 00 Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Assigning names to cells Spreadsheet 7 13 To name cells choose commands from the J menu in the entry bar a lexi To Do this Example Name a cell or cell range Select the cells to name and Al Revenue choose Define Name from the a menu Type a name in i Ef 50000 the dialog box and then Cell A1 is Cell A1 is click Define unnamed named Revenue Name cells or ranges using row and column titles yov ve already typed _ ee a ee In the Help index see gt named cells and ranges Editing and deleting names Note Some characters marks cannot be included in a cell name For complete information about naming a cell see onscreen Help Sel
171. ed completely in onscreen Help When to use a communications document Create a communications document when you want to exchange information with another computer Use an AppleWorks communications document to In the Help index see gt telecommunications a connect to a text based commercial online service such as CompuServe connect to a computer you can access at your business or school a connect to a public or private bulletin board service BBS transfer files directly from one computer to another Communications basics To get started with communicating with other computers you need to have the correct software and hardware setup and become familiar with communications terms and AppleWorks communications documents What you need Before you can use AppleWorks for communications you need In the Help index see s telecornriunicaions the Apple Communications Toolbox tools for example the Apple Modem Tool If you installed the full version of AppleWorks the installation program copied the necessary tools to your system if you didn t already have them a modem and the necessary cables to connect your computer to a telephone line Refer to the modem manufacturer s manual and the online service for additional requirements Note If you re connecting directly to another computer you may not need a modem Instead you can use a serial connection cable See Connecting to another computer
172. ed data from the next or previous record Click to print the merge document ick to switch databases 4120196 Kim Chen 31 Richards Ave Butte MT 12345 Dear Kim Thank you for leading the art class at Happy Yalley Resort this year Merge document You can move the mail merge palette around the window as you work to view the merge document Printing the merge documents Ci ee eee ee In the Help index see gt merging data When you re finished inserting fields or field data into your merge document click Print Merge on the mail merge palette In the Print dialog box click Print AppleWorks prints one merge document for each record in the database document s found set Tip To print only one record select Show Field Data on the mail merge palette click an arrow to go to a record and then choose Print from the File menu Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 9 26 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Merging a FileMaker Pro database You can convert a FileMaker Pro database into an AppleWorks database and then merge the data with an AppleWorks word processing or spreadsheet document or frame Use the Mail Merge script a script is a command that performs one action or sequence of actions In the Help index see gt FileMaker Pro 1 Open the AppleWorks Scripts folder in the AppleWorks 5 folder and then
173. en working in a frame and the rest of the document click the area in which you want to work Youcan add an equation to a text frame in a draw document See Typing equations on page 4 5 To display handles on a newly created frame to treat it as an object click outside the frame a You can link frames so that their contents are connected For example have text flow from one frame to another by linking the frames See Linking frames on page 9 29 Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Drawing 5 21 Creating links in draw documents When you plan to use an AppleWorks draw document onscreen on the Internet or World Wide Web you can select an area of the document and create a link a connection or jump to a different area of the same document a different document or a document or other information on the Internet In the Help index see gt book marks gt links To create a link in a draw document select a graphic object text in a text frame a spreadsheet cell in a spreadsheet frame paint image or frame and then create the link You can place all types of links document links URL links and book marks anywhere in a draw document For more information see Creating links on page 9 1 To create a link to information on the Internet see Linking Web pages on page 11 6 Choose Index f
174. en you move it over a link If the link is text the text appears underlined Tip To create a document link quickly select the text a spreadsheet cell paint image frame or object Then click S on the Default button bar Type a name for the document link select a document and click OK To create a document link _ 7 Select the text a spreadsheet cell paint image frame or object to create the link from Choose Show Links Palette from the Window menu Choose Document Links from the pop up menu on the links palette Choose New Document Link from the Links menu In the New Document Link dialog box type a name for the link and then choose the destination To link to an area in a different document click Choose Document select the document and then click Open From the Book Mark pop up menu choose the name of a book mark in the selected document In the New Document Link dialog box click OK To open a linked document or go to a linked area in the same document make sure Live Links is selected in the links palette and click the area indicated by the pointer Keep the following points in mind Creating links to other areas of the same document is especially useful in the design of a Web page For more information see Linking Web pages on page 11 6 When you print a document that contains links to other documents the other documents are not printed 9 4 AppleWorks 5 Use
175. enderet ii dolore magna alic donam Ut suscript r nod tneidunt ut lz n ullamcorper sic et donam Uts Picture placed as an object with text wrapped around it amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 4 36 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual To Do this Wrap text around a Place the picture in your document as an object see the previous picture in a word section Click the picture to select it and then choose Text Wrap processing document from the Options menu To wrap text around the contours of the object choose Irregular The number in the Gutter box determines how close the wrap is to the object You can also click on the Default button bar for an irregular wrap Wrap text within a text Select the item you want to wrap text around and place it over a frame linked text frame Select the frame and see if Frame Links in the Options menu is checked With the item selected choose Text Wrap from the Options menu and then choose Regular or Irregular or click E on the Default button bar For more information see Linking frames on page 9 29 Remove the text wrap With the object selected choose Text Wrap from the Options effect menu and then choose None Tip If the text doesn t flow smoothly around the object the object may be a PICT file If it is you see Ungroup Picture in the Arrange menu To modify the object selec
176. ening 11 10 saving 11 10 Web See World Wide Web Windows arranging 3 3 described 3 1 document for communications 10 3 databases 8 32 drawing 5 2 painting 6 3 spreadsheet 7 3 word processing 4 3 splitting into panes 3 2 zooming 3 2 Word count 4 33 Word processing documents See also Text Text frames book marks in 4 36 changing text attributes 4 7 columns in 4 21 4 23 counting words 4 33 described 1 8 4 2 footnotes and endnotes 4 28 formatting characters 4 6 linked frames in 9 30 links to different or same document 4 36 movies in 9 31 outlines in 4 14 page breaks in 4 23 pictures in 4 34 preferences for 3 21 sections 4 24 sorting in 4 14 spreadsheets in 4 19 4 34 tables in 4 19 tabs setting and changing 4 10 title page for 4 21 Index 1 13 when to use 4 1 word count 4 33 Word processing frames See Text frames World Wide Web See also Electronic Mail HTML files Internet Web pages browsers 11 2 connecting to 11 3 described 11 1 WP document type 2 4 Wrapping text around pictures 4 35 at end of line 4 4 in spreadsheet cells 7 10 WWW See World Wide Web X Y XMODEM Tool 10 9 X Y scatter chart example 7 30 Z Zip codes in databases 8 8 Zooming controls for 3 1 documents 3 2 images paint 6 10 6 14 setting a custom scale 3 2 Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic
177. entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Spreadsheet 7 19 Adding borders colors and pattems to cells In the Help index see gt borders spreadsheet cells gt spreadsheets formatting gt styles You can add borders colors and patterns to one or more cells or to entire rows or columns To add a border color or pattern start by selecting the cells rows or columns you want to change If you need to use the tool panel choose Show Tools from the Window menu To Do this Add a border Choose Borders from the Format menu select border options and then click OK Or click one of the border buttons on the Default button bar Choose a color from the pen color palette on the tool panel Remove a border Choose Borders from the Format menu deselect border options and then click OK Or click the border button again Change acell s border Select a bordered cell and then choose a color from the pen color color palette on the tool panel Fill cells with color Click a cell and choose from the fill color and pattern palettes on or pattern the tool panel Textures and gradients cannot be added to cells Tip AppleWorks comes with preset table styles that you can use to change a cell s appearance and formatting in one step To apply a style or create your own see Using styles on page 9 5 Locking row and column titles In the Help index see gt locking To lock ro
178. enu Then select the cell or range where you want to apply the format and choose Paste Format from the Edit menu Set the default font Choose Default Font from the Seas Options menu Choose a a Bi pa font and font size and then click OK In the Help index see gt styles Spreadsheet 7 11 Tip AppleWorks comes with preset table styles that you can use to change a cell s formatting and appearance in one step For example you can apply a style to format the data highlight the titles and apply colors to the rows Start by creating a small spreadsheet and entering some data Then click on the Default button bar or choose Show Stylesheet from the Window menu to display the stylesheet Select rows and columns that you want to highlight and click 3D Tale 1 AppleWorks applies the 3D Table 1 style to the selected cells For information on applying styles or creating your own see Using styles on page 9 5 E Stylesheet E Edit Style File Edit File Edit Default SS m v Basic Styles Properties Default q Default SS Base Style None Then click to ZD Table 1 D Paragraph Text Font Geneva Select the cells apply a style ZD Table 2 f Default Text Size 10 pt to format Accounting i D Outline st Cell Alignment Center Blue Gray 1 vy Table Styles Blue Gray 2 DY 3D Table 1 Before Classic 333 D 3D Table 2 Colorful iB D Accounting Auto
179. ers the set of displayed records beginning with 1 for the first record in the current set To display all records in the database click on the Default button bar or choose Show All Records from the Organize menu Saving a find request named search You can save a find request by creating a named search Once you create a named search you can use it whenever you want to find records You can also rename modify or delete named searches In the Help index see gt named searches ey To From the Search A pop up menu choose me New Search Edit Searches Western Region Eastern Region California Create a named search New Search Type a name for the search criteria and then click OK Type the search criteria in the find request and then click Store on the status panel Selecting a named search Use a named search The named search Modify a named search Edit Searches Modify the search criteria and then click Store Rename a named search Edit Searches Select a named search from the list and click Modify Type a new name click OK and then click Store Delete a named search Edit Searches Select a named search from the list click Delete click OK and then click Store Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Database 8 27 Matching records In the Help index see gt matching re
180. es Department Shipping Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Use this field type Radio Buttons To Choose among options Database 8 9 Example in Browse mode Ship B OGround Check Box Select or deselect the field K Sent sample Serial Number Have AppleWorks assign a unique raster ie sequential number to the field in each nee 104 Icke o record Ticket Ho 105 Ticket Ho 106 Value List Choose from a scrolling list of preset Code Eis values or enter a different value Multimedia Display a picture movie or library object A picture in a multimedia field is stored with the database document A movie in a multimedia field is a reference to a movie file which is stored separate from the database document Record Info Display the time and date that the record stare er eA was created or modified or the name of ne Time 5 the creator or modifier entered 72 Calculation Produce the result of a formula that Weeklytotal 4 500 95 calculates values from the current record in the database For more information see Defining calculation and summary fields on page 8 11 Summary Produce the result of a formula that Yearlytotal 30 07550 summarizes values from one or more records in the database The field appears only in the summary part of a layout For more inf
181. es 6 4 spreadsheet frames 7 4 Pointer See Arrow pointer Polygons See also Objects closing 3 22 connecting 5 14 reshaping 5 13 tools for drawing 5 4 Pop up menus in database fields described 8 8 finding 8 26 8 28 selecting 8 19 Postal codes in databases 8 8 Preferences 3 21 Presentation Assistant 2 6 Previewing documents to be printed 2 21 3 12 Printing choosing page size and orientation 3 18 documents communications 10 7 database 8 40 described 2 20 merge 9 25 spreadsheet 7 21 with links 9 3 Help topics 2 20 labels 8 40 scrollback pane contents 10 5 spreadsheet headings 7 21 Protecting spreadsheet cells 7 6 7 12 PT document type 2 4 Publish amp Subscribe Publish amp Subscribe Q QuickHelp application 1 4 x Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic I 10 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual QuickTime movies See Movies R Radio button fields described 8 9 finding 8 26 8 28 Ranges of cells naming 7 12 Record info fields 8 9 Records See also Database documents Fields Layouts adding 8 14 copying or deleting 8 16 described 8 2 duplicating 8 15 finding and matching 8 24 8 27 going to 8 16 hiding 8 21 moving 8 16 numbering of 8 26 selecting 8 21 sorting 8 8 8 14 viewing 8 17 8 18 8 22 Rectangles drawing 5 4 See also Objects Reduced view See Zooming References cell 7 20 7 22
182. ette Select the item in the library palette type a new name in the Name box and then click Rename Duplicating deleting and moving library items In the Help index see gt libraries items in Copy Paste Delete Duplicate Select All To duplicate or delete library items or move them between libraries select a library item Shift click to select more than one item To deselect selected items or to select noncontiguous items 3 click the items To select every item in a library choose Sdect All from the library palette s Edit menu Select the object s and from the library palette s To Edit menu choose Duplicate library items Duplicate Delete library items Delete Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Basics 3 21 Select the object s and from the library palette s To Edit menu choose Move items between libraries Cut or Copy and then open the other library and choose Paste from that library palette s Edit menu Or you can drag library items between libraries Viewing library items Choose a command from the library palette s View menu to change the way items are shown on the library palette In the Help index see gt libraries palette To From the library palette s View menu choose View library items as pictures By Object View library items as a list By Name when y
183. etter in a word processing document Huy 30 1997 Mr Benjamin Mason 123 Main Street Philadelphia PA Dear Sir July 30 1997 Euismod tincidurt ut la oreet do y minim veniam quis nostrud exe Mr Benjamin Mason Eusimod tincidurt ut laoreet do 123 Main Street veniam quis nostrud exercitatic Philadelphia PA Draw alogo Sincerely Dear Sir Euismod tincidunt ut la oreet dolore magna aliquam erat yoluptpat Ut wisi er minim veniam quis nostrud exercitation uliamcorper suscipit lobortis nisi uta Eusimod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat Ut wisi enir minim veniam quis nostrud exercitation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisi uta Qty Item 35 Knee pads 40 Soccer balls 50 Uniforms Create a table in a spreadsheet frame Sincerely George DuPont Add a drawing and a spreadsheet frame AppleWorks word processing documents give you great flexibility in the way you present what you write Using multiple columns for example you can create professional looking catalogs and reports You can write better research papers by using AppleWorks to outline your ideas and to add footnotes or endnotes that number and renumber automatically You can format documents in sections like chapters in a book each with its own header footer column configuration and page numbering See chapter 4 Text word processing for more information about what you can do with word processing documents and text fra
184. fill palettes see Changing lines borders colors patterns and textures on page 5 9 The effect you achieve varies with the type of chart Feel free to experiment If you don t like the results use Undo in the Edit menu or Revert in the File menu or delete the chart and make a new one To Select the chart or chart element and then ET a A M In the Help index see Change the background of Choose from the fill color pattern texture or gradient the chart title or legend palettes gt charts creating gt charts formatting Change the chart legend or title Choose from the pen color pattern and width palettes border or the axis line Hide the chart legend or title Choose None from the pen width palette border or the axis line Change the appearance of text Choose Font Size Style or Text Color from the Format along an axis menu and options from the submenu or use the pop up menus on the button bar Change the color pattern or border Click the series box once and then choose from the of a series for example the bars ona fill and pen palettes bar chart or the symbol on a scatter chart Make a chart or the series Choose the transparent icon from the for example the bars on a fill pattern palette bar chart transparent Note To change the appearance of chart elements in one step select the element and apply a style For information on applying styles or creating your own see Usin
185. fining a field type to determine what kind of data for example numbers or a date can be stored in the field When you open a new database document you see the Define Database Fields dialog box where you set up database fields Define Database Fields Field Name Field Type Invoice Date Text Invoice Number Text Book Title Text Field names and field Author Text types appear in alist Price Number Qty Sold Number Field Name Qty Sold Field Type Select a field type Create Modify Delete gt Select a field and click Options to change attributes or change the name Ss or field type and then click Modify Type a field name Click to set up entry options for a field Note You can also change the appearance of text and the format of numbers dates and times for existing fields For more information see Changing the appearance of data on page 8 34 Adding fields to an existing database To add fields to an existing document choose Deine Fields from the Layout menu When you create new fields AppleWorks automatically adds them to the layout you have chosen Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 8 8 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Assigning field types In the Help index see gt fields types To assign a field type to a field choose from the Field Type pop up menu in the
186. for example to transfer data between a notebook computer and a desktop computer without using a modem To do so connect a null modem cable from the serial port modem or printer of one computer to the serial port of the other computer For more information refer to onscreen Help and the documentation that came with your computer In the Help index see gt direct connections Receiving a call from another computer You can set up a communications document to wait for another computer to call your computer In the Help index see gt disconnecting gt receiving calls To receive a call from another computer choose Connection from the Settings menu In the Connection Settings dialog box choose Apple Modem from the Method pop up menu Click Answer Phone After Rings type the number of rings you want before your modem answers the call and then click OK amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Communications 10 5 Choose Wait for Connection from the Session menu and wait for the appropriate incoming call AppleWorks answers every incoming call after the specified number of rings until you end the session To end the session click on the Default button bar or choose Close Connection from the Session menu Working with data during a session During a communications session you can capture incoming data and save it
187. for the document Eject Desktop QB Document Stationery Current disk Click to list the items on the computer desktop Click to create a new folder in the current folder or disk Click to save the document If you try to save a document with the same name as another document in the same folder you see a message asking if you want to replace the existing document with the current document After you save a document for the first time you can a resave it periodically to keep your work up to date save it with a different name to create two identical documents make a backup copy regularly to protect your data 2 10 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Opening a document In the Help index see gt opening When you open a document it looks like it did when you last saved it For information about opening and using stationery see Saving document formatting as templates stationery on page 2 12 Note To open a document using drag and drop click the document icon and drag it on top of the AppleWorks program icon To Do this Open an AppleWorks document Click on the Default button bar or choose Open from the from within AppleWorks File menu choose the document and then click Open If you re asked for a password type the password and then click OK For more information about passwords see Protecting documents with passwords on page 2 17 Open an AppleWorks document Double click
188. formatting your text AppleWorks is preset to hide formatting characters However it may be easier to edit with formatting characters visible For example you can find where you typed two spaces together where you want only one and then delete the extra space X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Text word processing 4 7 To show formatting characters choose Preferences from the Edit menu choose Text from the Topic pop up menu and then select Show Invisibles To hide formatting characters deselect Show Invisibles To show or hide formatting characters as you work click F on the Default button bar or type 3 semicolon For more information see Setting preferences on page 3 21 gt AEL 1 ii E ZSF3 ajaj oji ul 2 3 4 a Space character Y 12 Avril 19984 d Mme Brigitte DURANDA Return character 34 Rue St Sauveure 75009 PARISd France Tab character Note Formatting characters never appear in the printed document Changing text appearance In the Help index see gt modifying text You can change the appearance of text in your document by applying different fonts type sizes and colors To change the appearance of characters you can apply various text attributes using commands in the word processing menus or button bar If you don t see the button bar choose Show Button B
189. g and deleting 9 17 Index I 11 creating 9 10 9 12 described 9 5 editing 4 19 9 15 importing and exporting 9 17 in documents 9 8 outline 4 19 9 7 turning off 9 11 types of 9 7 using in an outline 4 15 4 16 4 19 any document 9 5 9 18 database documents 8 20 8 35 draw documents 5 11 paint documents 6 7 spreadsheet documents 7 11 text 4 8 4 9 Stylesheet palette 9 13 Subscript text 4 7 Subtopics in outlines 4 14 Summary fields 8 9 8 11 8 12 Superior text 4 7 Superscript text 4 7 Symbols spreadsheet chart 7 30 Synonyms finding 4 32 T Table styles 9 7 Tables copying from communications documents 10 8 creating with Assistants 2 5 4 20 Make Table shortcut 4 20 spreadsheet tool 4 20 tabs in text 4 10 4 20 in text 4 19 4 20 7 2 styles for 7 11 9 7 Tabs setting and changing 4 10 Templates See Stationery Terminal described 10 2 Text See also Frames Text frames Word processing documents attributes changing 4 6 4 7 5 20 7 10 7 33 8 20 8 34 counting words 4 33 custom styles for 4 8 4 9 4 15 9 5 Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic I 12 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual cutting copying and pasting 4 6 deleting 4 5 finding and changing 4 29 outlines creating 4 14 pasting 3 10 preferences for 3 22 selecting 4 5 typing in database fields 8 13 drawings 5 19 paintings 6 14 spreadsheets 7 5 text
190. g styles on page 9 5 Adding pictures or a text frame AppleWorks provides you with several methods for adding pictures to a spreadsheet You can also add text frames to create special effects Pictures or text frames that you add to a spreadsheet are objects and can be moved and manipulated just as other objects can See What are objects on page 5 3 for more information about objects X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 7 34 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual SSeS SS In the Help index see gt drawing tools gt frames creating gt libraries using Note Pictures and frames are layered on top of the spreadsheet You can t place a picture in the entry bar or directly in a spreadsheet cell Add clip art from an Draw a rectangle and AppleWorks library fill it with a gradient Type in a text frame rotate the frame and drag it over the rectangle Start by choosing Show Tools from the Window menu to display the tool panel To Do this Example Add AppleWorks From the File menu choose Library and then clip art toa spreadsheet select a library In the library palette select au the item you want and click Use Calendar Add Use Clip art in a library Draw directly in Select a drawing tool move the pointer into the spreadsheet the document and drag to create an object Add a paint frame to Select the
191. ge in text documents to play a movie from beginning to end in segments or only a selected part You can also play a movie at different rates of speed Handle Control badge Click the control badge to see the movie control bar A movie control bar appears on QuickTime movies Forward reverse slider Volume control click to open and drag the slider to the volume level you want Step forward and reverse buttons button Movie control bar Editing a movie In the Help index see gt movies in documents You can cut copy paste or delete parts of a movie You can also create additional movies by making a selection cutting or copying it and pasting it as an object in the document For information about how to edit a movie see onscreen Help amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Beyond the basics 9 33 Creating and editing custom buttons In the Help index see gt button bars Custom buttons reduce tasks such as opening a file or checking the spelling of a document to a single step You can create a custom button to run a sequence of actions and then add that button to the button bar For information on using the button bar see Using the button bar on page 3 5 AppleWorks is preset to show the button bar at the top of the document window below the menu bar If you can t see the button bar
192. he arrow pointer on the tool panel and select the text frame To resize or reshape the text frame click a corner handle and drag it to a new position 2 T Drag a handle to Text i Frame resize or reshape the text frame Draw document with a text frame Note If you create a text frame and then click outside the frame before you enter text the frame disappears To type text place the pointer where you want the text and click the mouse Then To Do this Type a paragraph Begin typing the text Don t press Return when you reach the end of a line AppleWorks wraps the words to the next line End one paragraph and start another Press Return once to end the paragraph Press Return again to insert a blank line Move the insertion point Move the I beam pointer to where you want to insert text and click You can also move the insertion point by pressing an arrow key Use a line break or soft return to end Hold down Shift and press Return one line and start another without creating a new paragraph amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Text word processing 4 5 To Do this Insert a non breaking space to keep two Hold down the Option key and press the words on the same line Space bar Delete the character to the left of the Press Delete insertion point Typing equations In the
193. he z menu in the entry bar TAREE For more information see Naming cells and ranges on page 7 12 Have AppleWorks Begin and end the entry with a double 1992 interpreta number quotation mark pP or punctuation as i text Use a function See Entering functions on page 7 27 DATE 95 10 10 ready made formula Tip If you want a paper copy of all the AppleWorks functions you can print an alphabetical summary from onscreen Help See Printing a document or Help topic on page 2 20 Calculating fomula results When you enter and confirm a formula AppleWorks computes the result AppleWorks is preset to calculate formulas automatically each time you confirm an entry in a cell To turn automatic calculation on or off choose Auto Calc from the Calculate menu When Auto Calc is on you see a checkmark next to the Auto Calc command In the Help index see gt Auto Calc command Because automatic recalculation of large spreadsheets can be time consuming you may want to work with Auto Calc off To calculate formula results when Auto Calc is off choose Calculate Now from the Calculate menu X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Spreadsheet 7 25 Making corrections In the Help index see gt formulas spreadsheet gt resizing spreadsheet cells gt troubleshooting Error messages If you see in a
194. he campsite next weekend Your letter should look like this Beyond the basics 9 13 Camping Supplies Be sure to bring these things on our camping trip 1 Tent 2 Compass 3 Sleeping bags We ll see you atthe campsite next weekend Part 2 Add a basic style to the stylesheet palette 1 Click 33 on the Default button bar or choose Show Stylesheet from the Window menu 2 Click the New button on the stylesheet palette 3 In the New Style dialog box type Bold Italic in the Style name box 4 Set the following options in the New Style dialog box Select Basic for Style type Choose None from the Based on pop up menu Deselect Inherit document selection format if it is selected Click OK Click 7 on the Default button bar or choose Bold from the Style menu Click J on the Default button bar or choose Italic from the Style menu Click Done on the stylesheet palette The new basic style is added to the stylesheet palette E Stylesheet E Bold Italic Footnote Index v Body Bullet Part 3 Add a paragraph style to the stylesheet palette 1 2 Click the New button on the stylesheet palette In the New Style dialog box type Centered Heading in the Style name box 9 14 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Set the following options in the New Style dialog box Select Paragraph for Style type Choose None from the Based on pop up menu Deselect Inherit document sele
195. he cell cell range column or row that you want to change amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 7 10 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual You can also copy a cell s formatting or specify a default font to be used in the entire spreadsheet To Do this Example Change text appearance Select the cells you want to or alignment change Choose Font Size Style Text Color or Alignment Plain text Centered from the Format menu and then choose a formatting option from the appropriate submenu or use the pop up menus and buttons on the button bar Wrap cell contents so that Select the cells containing long entries aren t cut off the text and click on the Default button bar or choose Alignment from the Format menu and then choose Wrap To adjust the row height see Resizing or hiding rows and columns on page 7 17 Unwrapped Wrapped Format numbers dates Select a cell or cell range and times for example and then choose Number from to adda percent sign place the Format menu Select the negative numbers in options you want and click parentheses or add a OK comma to large numbers a You can also click E a Some number date or on the Default button and time formats bar Copy a cell s format to Select the cell whose format other cells you want to copy and choose Copy Format from the After Edit m
196. he merge documents Merging a FileMaker Pro database Addressing envelopes Using the Envelope Assistant Setting up and creating envelope stationery Addressing envelopes Linking frames Working with movies Adding a movie to a document Setting movie options Playing a movie Editing a movie Creating and editing custom buttons Using macros Using AppleScript with AppleWorks Chapter 10 Communications When to use a communications document Communications basics What you need Communications terms and concepts Creating a communications document About the communications window Connecting to another computer Connecting to another computer with a modem Connecting to another computer without a modem Receiving a call from another computer Working with data during a session Using the scrollback pane Capturing incoming data Saving and printing communications documents Copying and pasting a table Sending a file to a remote location Simplifying communications tasks Changing communications settings Contents XI 9 24 9 24 9 25 9 26 9 27 9 27 9 27 9 28 9 29 9 31 9 31 9 31 9 32 9 32 9 33 9 34 9 35 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 4 10 4 10 4 10 5 10 5 10 7 10 7 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 9 XIL AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Chapter 11 AppleWorks and the Internet About the Internet and the Web About browsers Selecting a browser Connecting to the Web Creating a Web page Designing your Web page Creating an HTML f
197. hen choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Chapter 11 AppleWorks and the Internet With AppleWorks you can open view and create documents that contain Hypertext Markup Language HTML on the Internet and the World Wide Web WWW or Web You can also create your own HTML files and place them on the Internet and the Web as Web pages to present information to people using the Web This chapter describes how to use AppleWorks to set up your computer for use with the Internet create Web pages and send and receive electronic mail email Before you begin you need to understand how to create and edit documents In particular you should understand the information in chapter 2 Creating opening and printing documents chapter 4 Text word processing and chapter 5 Drawing You should also understand Using the button bar on page 3 5 and Editing links on page 9 4 All Internet features including procedures buttons and troubleshooting are described completely in onscreen Help About the Intemet and the Web In the Help index see gt Internet The Internet is a collection of computer networks that use a common set of rules for exchanging information called the transmission control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP Using the Internet with your computer you can work with information that s stored at other locations For example you can read weather reports from around the wor
198. ibutions Q1 1995 page 1 Parts in Browse mode Page View on A header part repeats ties Gan ern information above the data on Chris VanGough January 2035 every page of a layout in a database document You can rn T EDAN i place text or pictures here Chris Yan Gough March 34 21 Contributor total 59 12 Elena Galdez January 204 The body part contains Elena Galdez February 10 65 ___ the data from individual records Eocene SMart ae Asub summary part contains one or more Contributortotal 60 98 summary fields that summarize data in a group of sorted records It appears only when records are sorted by the field it Pat Wong February 45 91 summarizes in this example records are sorted by the Name field You can place a sub summary part above or below the data it Contributortotal 75 25 summarizes Pat Wong January 10 Pat Wong March 20 34 A grand summary contains one of ctu contributions 198 35 nore summary fields that summarize data in all records in a document A leading grand summary goes above A footer part repeats information below the the information and a trailing grand Quarterly contributions 1 1995 page data on every page of a layout in a database summary goes below document You can place text or pictures in a footer part Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Database 8 37 Keep the following points in mind
199. ick Go To Topic Reshaping and smoothing objects Use AppleWorks commands and controls to reshape objects and change their curves or angles See onscreen Help for more ways to reshape objects and curves as well as how to add and delete control handles and anchor S In the Help index see gt reshaping points To Modify the corners and ends on rectangles and squares Select the object s and choose Corner Info from the Edit menu or double click the object Choose an option type a value for the angle of curvature and then click OK Drawing 5 13 Example before and after Eat 9 Modify an arc Arc Info from the Edit menu or double click the object Choose an option for omitting or including frame edges to make a wedge type values for the position and angle of curvature and then click OK N D Reshape arcs polygons regular polygons bezigons and freehand shapes Reshape from the Arrange menu Use the reshape pointer to drag the anchor points to new positions Then choose Reshape again Y ala NeR Lao g GF lt S Change the bend of a curve in a bezigon or freehand object Reshape from the Arrange menu Click an anchor point on the curve to change and drag either end of the control handle Then choose Reshape again 4 Control handle 1 Anchor point Smooth out or restore sharp angles of a polygon bezigon or freehand sh
200. ick the field select options and then click OK Change text appearance or formats for several fields of a similar type Shift click the fields to change and then double click a selected field or choose from the Font Style Size Text Color Alignment and Spacing commands in the Format menu Add a color pattern gradient texture or border to any type of field Select the field s and choose a fill color pattern gradient or texture from the fill palettes and a line color width or pattern from the pen palettes on the tool panel You can t change the border width for a pop up menu Add styles to text in Browse mode Select the text and choose a style from the stylesheet palette Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic In Layout mode select the fields to change Database 8 35 Note To change a field s format in one step you can create styles combinations of formatting information For example create a style called Highlight and then apply it to selected fields objects when you re working in Layout mode When you change a style all the fields with the same style also change To create styles click s on the Default button bar or choose Show Stylesheet from the Window menu For more information see Using styles on page 9 5 File Edit Then click to Highlight hoo Price Pric
201. ies depending on the style you applied Note You can set up AppleWorks to apply several styles at once For example applying a Bold Italic style to text already formatted with the Number style gives you bold italic numbered text To set this option up choose Compound Styles from the stylesheet palette Edit menu Creating a style In the Help index see gt styles using You can create your own custom styles in any AppleWorks document Note Although you can create a style at any time you can t apply the style until it s appropriate to do so For example if you create a paragraph style while you re in a blank draw document you don t see the paragraph style in the stylesheet palette until you create a text frame You create a custom style by collecting formatting information from any of the following anelement in a text draw or spreadsheet document such as text or objects a a style that s already on the stylesheet palette the document controls yov d normally use to format text and objects such as the tools palettes ruler paragraph controls and menu commands To add a custom style to the stylesheet palette click 4s on the Default button bar or choose Show Stylesheet from the Window menu to show the stylesheet palette Then click the New button on the stylesheet palette In the New Style dialog box set the options you want and then click OK amp Choose Index from the or Help menu a
202. ifferent Web page Click here for a complete explanation of the coffee bean roasting process Note You can also create a link to a different document or a different area of the same document even when the linked documents are not on the Web For more information see Creating links on page 9 1 X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic AppleWorks and the Internet 11 7 You can attach links to selected text an object or to paint and spreadsheet frames To create a link to a URL 1 Open the Web page document from which to create the link and then select the item to create the link from 2 Click S8 on the Internet or Default button bar If you don t see the button bar choose Show Button Bar from the Window menu 3 In the New URL Link dialog box create a link and then click OK Type aname for the Name Espresso Cafe lin http www cafe com Type the URL address 4 To test the link choose Show Links Palette from the Window menu and make sure Live Links is selected In an HTML file the area linked to a URL appears underlined in the AppleWorks document and the pointer changes appearance over the underlined area To view the linked URL click the underlined area Espresso Cafe Click the underlined area to go to oe the linked information The pointer looks like this over alink A link can jump to
203. ik Beal a va Type or insert footer text here pase In headers and footers you can type text use the text ruler to set indentation tabs justification and line spacing include other elements such as a page number date or graphics For example you can create a header to display a chapter title at the top of each page and create a footer to display the current page number at the bottom of each page amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic The Seccer Company Wuipunte vetit cx molstie ccreugint vel adipiscing aft sed diam noummy n h l m filets an vero sue mod teidieut Incest dake magra The Seccer Company feta ve i cream vl Ppae 2 The footer displays the page number te molestie him dolre cu Sugar ruti fides ak vero bandit present luptatum zl Sent iiie nto odio dignissim qui Basics 3 15 The header displays the same text at the top of each page f The Soccer Company Monthly Report Title page contains no header or footer You see the header and footer on the page when you print and on the screen when you re in page view See Previewing pages for printing on page 3 12 for more information To remove a header or footer choose Remove Header or Remove Footer from the Format menu Note You can divide a word processing document into
204. ile Adding pictures Linking Web pages Saving a document in HTML format Opening and editing HTML files Working with electronic mail Index 11 1 11 2 11 2 11 3 11 3 11 3 11 4 11 5 11 6 11 9 11 10 11 10 Chapter 1 Introduction This User s Manual introduces you to the AppleWorks application AppleWorks is an all in one software package offering seamless integration of word processing outlining presentations drawing painting spreadsheet computation and charting database management and communications including support for HTML and linking to the Internet Registration and customer support How to start Please take the time to mail the product registration card included with AppleWorks or register your copy of AppleWorks at the following Web site http www applereg com For information about customer support see the Apple Service Directory included with your copy of AppleWorks or see the following Web site http support info apple com support supportoptions supportoptions html For information about AppleWorks see the following Web site http www apple com appleworks This manual is designed to get you started quickly whether you re a new or experienced AppleWorks user If Do this You re new to AppleWorks Become familiar with Macintosh techniques such as using the or want a complete mouse and saving documents For such information see the understanding of documentation that comes with you
205. in a text file on your disk copy incoming data formatted as a table into a spreadsheet document save the data in the terminal area and the scrollback pane in a communications document print data during a communications session a send files from one computer to another Using the scrollback pane In the Help index see gt communications documents As you work during a communications session the data you receive from the remote computer goes into the terminal area of the communications window If you don t see what you type in the terminal area choose Terminal from the Settings menu and turn on Loca Echo also called half duplex Data that overflows the terminal area goes in the scrollback pane Use the scroll bars in the scrollback pane to look back through data that is no longer visible When you save or print the document you also save or print the contents of the scrollback pane Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 10 6 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual m Untitled 1 CM 00 04 16 Connected One moment please Scrollback pane Drag the ABOUT TECHINFO DATABASE horizontal pane TechInfo Database provides you with six common search criteria for quickly control to finding articles of interest You can search by product name publication date chan ethe size document ID num
206. in the status area by one You can quickly add a new record by typing R AppleWorks adds new records after all the records in your database You can move selected records between existing records by using drag and drop To view records in a particular order regardless of the order in which you entered them in the database you can sort them See Sorting records on page 8 22 Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Database 8 15 Changing the tab order In the Help index see gt tabbing The tab order is the order in which you move from one field to the next when you press Tab in Browse mode The tab order is preset to the order in which you place the fields on the layout Changing the tab order does not rearrange the fields it simply changes the order of field selection when you press Tab To change the tab order choose Browse from the Layout menu and then choose Tab Order In the Tab Order dialog box click Clear and then move the field names into the Tab Order list in the order you want data entered into them To move a name click the field name in the Field List and then click Move Tip To change the tab order in List mode reorder the fields See Moving columns and formatting data on page 8 20 Note Fields you don t move to the Tab Order list will not be accessible by pressing Tab To select such a field in Bro
207. index see gt fill palettes palettes Select the fill and pen settings before you paint an image It s easier to set oF them up ahead of time than to change an image once it s been painted gt styles Use To OM Fil palettes Set the fill color and pattern gradient or texture used for closed l images such as the oval and the paint bucket tool and set the fill color and the pattern gradient or texture used for the brush tool and spray can tool Pen palettes Change settings for lines and image borders or to add arrowheads OEE mH You can use the eyedropper to pick up copy a color from an image to use in the fill or pen palettes without having to select it from a palette Click the eyedropper and then click in the image where the color you want appears The color of the pixel you click appears in the fill sample To change the pen color instead of the fill color hold down Option as you click amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Create a style and then select it to change the palette settings Painting 6 7 Tip Save combinations of fill and pen attributes as a style and then apply the style to change the palette settings in one step To open the stylesheet click 35 on the Default button bar or choose Show Stylesheet from the Window menu For more information on styles see Using styles on page 9 5 E
208. ings ESE SaaS In the Help index see gt connection settings gt file transfer settings gt terminal settings If your modem or the online service requires different settings than the AppleWorks defaults or if you want to connect directly to another computer without using a modem you can change the connection terminal and file transfer settings Refer to the manuals that came with your modem and online service to find out which settings you should use A new communications document is preset to use the following tools which are supplied and installed with AppleWorks Connection setting Apple Modem Tool Terminal setting VT102 Tool compatible with VT100 a File Transfer setting XMODEM Tool The connection terminal and file transfer options are preset to the most commonly expected conditions For example the preset connection tool is the Apple Modem Tool which is used to connect to a remote computer through a Hayes compatible modem Another connection tool is the Serial Tool which is used for direct communication with another computer or another device To change From the Settings menu choose Connection settings Connections Terminal settings Terminal File transfer settings File Transfer Refer to onscreen Help for information about the various tool options Balloon Help also contains detailed descriptions of the connection settings Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry T
209. ion Select Restart Page Number and type the starting page number for the current section Make the header and footer information Select Different For This Section different from the previous section Use different headers and footers on the Select Left amp Right Are Different left and right pages in a section Add a title page to the current section Select Title Page Specify the number of columns in a section Type a number for Number Of Columns Vary the widths of columns if you have multiple columns Select Variable Width Columns and then type widths for Space Before Column Width and Space After Create a mirrored column layout left facing pages and right facing pages have the opposite column layout Select Mirror On Facing Pages Set the width of equal width columns Type widths for Column Width and Space Between Text word processing 4 27 Varying the number of columns on a page In the Help index see gt sections Place the insertion point where you want to insert a section e a M In the Help index see gt columns text If you add more than one section to a page you can vary the number of columns on the page For example to create a page with one column on the top half of the page and two columns on the bottom half add a second section to the page by selecting Insert Section Break from the Format menu and setting the section to start on a new line
210. ionery creating If you plan to use certain settings every time you create a document set up a document as default stationery or Options stationery that opens automatically whenever you create a new document of that type For example you might want to change the default font used in a new word processing document Creating stationery In the Help index see gt stationery creating To create a stationery document prepare a document with the settings and information you want to save as stationery and then follow these steps to save the document 1 Choose Save As from the File menu and click Stationery in the dialog box Si AppleWorks Stationery vj Workstation Z About Stationery t Eject A Business Tools Index A Certificate Index Desktop A Classroom Tools Index A Fax Cover Sheet Index Z Flyer Index Z Home Tools Index AppleWorks v Click to save the Letterhead Oo A document as stationery Document Stationery Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 2 14 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual 2 Select the folder into which you want to save the stationery a If you re creating default stationery or if you plan to open stationery from the New Document dialog box save the stationery in the AppleWorks Stationery folder in the AppleWorks 5 folder a If you re setting up regular statio
211. ions 8 11 8 12 described 1 12 entering data in 8 13 examples of 8 3 8 6 field definitions 8 3 types 8 3 8 7 8 8 8 12 find requests 8 24 8 26 formulas and functions in 7 21 8 8 8 11 importing data to 8 38 inserting data in 8 39 merging data from 9 22 9 25 modes of described 8 2 Find 8 24 Layout 8 30 multiple 8 32 movies in 8 9 9 31 parts 8 36 8 37 pictures adding to 8 9 8 14 8 33 preferences for 3 21 printing 8 40 slides in 9 19 text attributes changing for 8 20 8 34 when to use 8 1 Database modes 8 2 Databases See also Database documents described 8 2 designing 8 6 elements of 8 2 importing 8 38 spreadsheets and differences 7 2 Dates conventions for 3 16 current in databases 8 13 text 3 16 3 17 format preferences 3 22 formatting in databases 8 8 8 34 spreadsheets 7 10 Index l 3 recording automatically 8 9 sorting paragraphs by 4 14 DB document type 2 4 Default button bar 3 5 font changing 3 22 font in spreadsheets 7 10 formatting options stationery 2 13 preferences setting 3 21 Deleting charts 7 31 fields 8 12 footnotes 4 29 headers and footers 3 15 images 6 9 layouts 8 33 library items 3 20 named cells 7 13 searches 8 26 sorts 8 23 objects 5 9 records 8 16 reports 8 38 sections 4 25 spreadsheet cells columns and rows 7 18 data 7 8 page breaks 7 20 styles 9 17 text 4 5 undoing deletion 3 11 Depth perspective adding to images 6 1
212. is an object that acts like a window to another type of document You can draw frames in every type of document except communications To create a frame click to select a frame tool in the tool panel position the pointer over the page and then hold down the mouse button and drag the pointer until the frame is the size you want You can now work in the frame and you see the appropriate menu commands for that frame for example you see spreadsheet commands when you work in a spreadsheet frame Loremipsum doloy Use the text tool to draw a text frame Use the spreadsheet tool to draw a spreadsheet frame Use the paint tool to draw a paint frame X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 3 10 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Working in an AppleWorks document This section describes methods you can use to work with most AppleWorks documents Cutting copying and pasting In AppleWorks you can cut copy and paste text objects or images within a document or frame between AppleWorks documents and between an AppleWorks document and another application s document To Do this For this result Copy Select the text object or Puts a copy of the selected text object or image to copy and click f on image on the Clipboard The original item the Default button bar or stays in the document or frame choose Copy from the Edit me
213. it amet consectetuer dolor sit amet consectetuer dolor sit amet consectetuer Le Ae Gataeel adipiscing elit d diam adipiscing elit d diam adipiscing elit d diam letur adipiscing elit sed diam Aligned left Centered Alignedright Justified amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Text word processing 4 13 Changing line and paragraph spacing To set line spacing click the decrease spacing or increase spacing control on the ruler or the alignment buttons on the button bar In the Help index see gt paragraphs Line spacing indicator HIENE Increase spacing control Decrease spacing control blandit praesent lupt atum zzril blandit praesent lupt atum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi Lorem feugait nulla facilisi Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consec ipsum dolor sit amet conzec vane 7 i tetuer adipiscing elit sed diam tetuer adipiscing elit sed diam Single spaced text Spacing increased to 1 5 lines Tip Double click the line spacing indicator to display the Paragraph dialog box and change the unit of measure To set the spacing between paragraphs choose Paragraph from the Format menu Type the number of units you want before Paragraph the paragraph Left Indent Line Spacing First Line Space Bef
214. k choose Show Links Palettefrom the Window menu and make sure Live Links is selected In an HTML file the area linked to a book mark appears underlined and the pointer changes appearance over the underlined area To view the book mark double click the underlined area p 2 Double click the underlined area as to go to the linked information 2 o Keep the following points in mind To reduce the amount of scrolling of your Web page create links to other areas of the same document You can also create URL links to other Web pages For more information see Creating document links on page 9 2 For information about changing a link see Editing links on page 9 4 and Deleting links on page 9 4 When you print a Web page with links the linked information isn t printed Saving a document in HTML format In the Help index see gt Web pages saving Once you have an AppleWorks word processing document that you want to post to the Web you need to save it in two formats as an AppleWorks document and as HTML When you edit the Web page later you open the AppleWorks document not the HTML file When you save a document in HTML format a URL links are translated into HTML links book marks are translated into HTML anchors most styles are translated into HTML styles To save a document in HTML format 1 Choose Save As from the File menu 2 Save your document first by choosing AppleWorks fr
215. k in the topic or select the L Planning i Planning current topic or entire outline Choose Expand Il Funding II Funding an entire outline To from the Outline menu A Grants Es arate is i B Loans B Loans to a specific and then type a number in the 1 Institutional II Building level dialog box 2 Government i 8 3 Private Sector Outline III Building expanded to level 2 subtopics Outline fully expanded Collapse or Select all the topics in the 1 Planning I Planning IL Funding II Funding expand all outline hold down Option III Building A Grants topics in an and choose Collapse All or B Loans p Collapsed 1 Institutional outline Expand All from the Outline outline S deverimsht menu 3 Private Sector III Building Expanded outline amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Text word processing 4 19 Modifying an outline style You modify an outline style by changing its properties formatting options in the stylesheet palette For more information about working with styles and the stylesheet palette see About the stylesheet palette on page 9 6 EEE awa In the Help index see gt styles gt styles editing w Harvard Level 1 Level 4 Creating tables In the Help index see gt Assistants gt spreadsheets tool gt tables To modify an outline style 1 Click s on the Default
216. key Choose Grid Size from the Options menu and then select a size X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Deleting copying and duplicating images In the Help index see gt editing images Painting 6 9 You can delete copy or duplicate an entire image part of an image or several images at once Remember that you can usually reverse your most recent action by choosing Undo from the Edit menu To revert to the most recently saved version of your document choose Revet from the File menu To Delete an area Do this Select the area and then press Delete Delete part of an image Drag the eraser 2 Delete all images in a painting Double click the eraser Copy or cut an area and paste it elsewhere Select the area and from the Default button bar click or 5 or choose Copy or Cut from the Edit menu To place the image in the document choose Paste from the Edit menu Duplicate an area Hold down Option as you drag the selected image Duplicate an area continuously Hold down Option as you drag the selected image amp Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 6 10 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Magnifying an image You can change the zoom level magnification or reduction of a paint document as i
217. l Rectangles with rounded corners To draw squares hold down Shift as you drag the tool Oval tool Ovals To draw circles hold down Shift as you drag the tool E Arc tool Arcs Polygon tool Shapes composed of angles and straight lines e Freehand tool Curved lines as you would draw with a pencil or pen Bezigon tool Shapes with Bezier curves and angles To draw a Bezier curve click the tool and then release the mouse button and drag the pointer Click at each place you want to turn the curve To end the object click twice Regular polygon tool Closed polygons with sides of equal length The eyedropper 2 is a special tool used to pick up and apply an object s attributes such as color and pattern For more information see Copying an object s attributes on page 5 11 X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Drawing 5 5 As you use the drawing tools keep the following tips in mind To Limit movement of the line arc polygon bezigon and regular polygon tools to 45 90 and 180 Do this Hold down Shift as you draw Holding down Shift also limits the movement of the arrow pointer as you move selected objects Set the number of sides on a regular polygon Select the regular polygon tool and choose Polygon Sides from the Edit menu Type the number of sides from 3 to 40 and then click O
218. l libraries with ready made objects If the libraries are installed on your hard disk you can find them in the AppleWorks Libraries folder in the AppleWorks 5 folder Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Click to see fewer options Basics 3 19 Click to close the library Click to collapse or expand File Edit View the library ical Drag the selection 44 of actual size from the library into Book the document Briefcase Calculator Calendar Cell Phone Clip Board Clock Alarm Clock Digital Clock wall Scroll to see more items Creating opening and saving libraries In the Help index see gt libraries creating gt libraries opening You create and open libraries as you do other AppleWorks documents To From the File menu choose Create a library Library and then choose New AppleWorks opens a new library and names it Library followed by a number Open a library Library and then choose a library from the submenu If you don t see the library you want choose Open and then locate the AppleWorks Libraries folder in the AppleWorks 5 folder Select a library and click Open To save or close a library you choose commands from the File menu on the library palette To From the library palette s File menu choose Save a copy of a library or rename Save As a library Save
219. ld send and receive electronic mail email and attend a creative writing class from a remote site The Internet network was once limited to simple text only documents With the development of the Web documents can now include graphics various text styles and links connections or jumps to areas of the same document or to other Web pages applications or servers on the Web A document on the Web is called a Web page home page or start page X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 11 2 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual About browsers A Web page contains formatting information which determines how the document looks and how you can use it onscreen You can use AppleWorks to create and format a Web page without knowing HTML Create a word processing document that has the information you want on your Web page and then save the document in HTML format AppleWorks adds the correct HTML tags and your Web page is ready for delivery to your Web site To access view and place a Web page on the Web you need amodem internal or external aphone line or an Integrated Services Digital Network ISDN line a browser an application that displays information from the Internet For more information see About Browsers next software from an Internet service provider such as America Online or CompuServe For more information refer to a s
220. lete an entire row or column click one or more headings to select rows or columns and then on the Default button bar click to insert cells or click S to delete cells You can also choose Insert Cells or Delete Cells from the Calculate menu To insert or delete a few cells make a selection before you choose Insert Cells or Delete Cells In the dialog box specify how you want existing cells to be shifted and then click OK Select the cells to delete Changing the number of rows and columns a UM In the Help index see gt Document command gt frames formatting gt opening A new spreadsheet contains 500 rows and 40 columns A new spreadsheet frame contains 50 rows and 10 columns To Do this Change the number of rows and Choose Document from the Format menu type columns in a spreadsheet numbers for Columns Across and Rows Down and then click OK Open a spreadsheet frame so that you Select the frame and choose Open Frame from the can change the number of rows and Window menu When you open the frame you see columns in the spreadsheet the spreadsheet in a new window The open frame is linked to the original document Any changes you make in the open frame are also made in the document To close the spreadsheet frame choose Close from the File menu Resize a spreadsheet frame to display Select the frame and then drag a handle more cells X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the
221. letter or a drawing displayed in the window When printed a document looks just as it does on the screen You can create six different types of documents with AppleWorks word processing drawing painting spreadsheet database and communications As you look at the document windows on the following pages notice that each document type has its own menus and tools While each type of document is mainly for a certain type of work such as writing a letter or drawing a picture you can use AppleWorks to combine different kinds of work within a single document by using a frame a view of one document within a different type of document For example you can add a spreadsheet to a letter without first creating a spreadsheet document AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Text word processing documents Use a word processing document to write a letter report story outline form letter or other project that is mostly text If you want to add a spreadsheet or pictures you can do so without leaving the word processing document by creating a spreadsheet frame or drawing directly in the letter File Edit Format Font Size Style Outline Window 2 PAE EEE Sse se SS CEASE word processing GARAE Ze slele menus and button bar Helvetica x 12 Bd Boy EN Letter WP LE K Ev EH MAAA foo E t i To Write a l
222. levant topics are listed here To look up an index entry in AppleWorks Help start AppleWorks choose AppleWorks Help Index from the or Help menu and then scroll to the entry For complete instructions for using the index to onscreen Help see Using the AppleWorks onscreen Help index on page 1 4 Special information in this manual looks like this Note Tip or titled messages give extra or helpful information about a subject Important messages alert you to situations that require attention such as an action that you can t undo Glossary terms are defined in the manual and AppleWorks Help They appear in italic in the manual and underlined with a dotted line in Help Glossary terms are also listed in the manual s index For example to find the definition of cell range look up Cell range described Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Introduction 1 3 Using AppleWorks Help AppleWorks Help completely documents all AppleWorks features As you become comfortable working with AppleWorks you ll be able to find all the information you need in AppleWorks Help Opening and closing AppleWorks Help To open Help when AppleWorks is running first make sure that AppleWorks is the active application choose AppleWorks from the Application menu at the right of the menu bar Then press the Help key on an extended keyboard press
223. ll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Moving data aS SSS In the Help index see gt entering spreadsheet data gt transposing rows and columns To Check spelling Spreadsheet 7 7 Do this Choose Writing Tools from the Edit menu and then choose Check Document Spelling Find and change cell data Find data that matches a selection Choose Find Change from the Edit menu and then choose Find Change Type in the Find and Change boxes and then click Find Next or Change All Select a cell or text choose Find Change from the Edit menu and then choose Find Selection Note When the insertion point is active in the entry bar the arrow keys move the insertion point Otherwise the arrow keys select an adjacent cell To use the arrow keys to always select cells choose Preferences from the Edit menu In the Preferences dialog box choose Spreadsheet from the Topic pop up menu select Always Selects Another Cell and then click OK You can move selected cells using the keyboard and mouse or using menu commands To Move the cell contents and retain the original cell references Select the cells you want to move and then Choose Move from the Calculate menu Type the cell address of the new location for example E22 and then click OK For a cell range type the new location for the upper left cell in the range Move cell contents quickly Hold down 8 Optionand
224. ll types of documents For information on linking frames see chapter 9 Beyond the basics 1 10 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Paint documents Painting tools and palettes Use a paint document primarily for creating illustrations You can use the same tools you use to create drawings plus a set of tools for special effects like paintbrush strokes and spray paint If you want to add a spreadsheet text or clip art you can do so without leaving the paint document File Edit Format Transform Options Window 2 PASSHSSees SSSR MOSSE paint menus ESA oe eles ele and button bar Heivetica__ 2 a ere ES Rose PT RTA gt o ele Paint image 2 l KAEA A S elal a Text frame Apicture in a paint document sane See chapter 6 Painting for more information about what you can do with paint documents and paint frames Introduction 1 11 Spreadsheet documents Use a spreadsheet document to organize numeric information make calculations and create professional looking reports You can also use a spreadsheet for any type of information such as a schedule that you want to present in a columnar format You can add a headline or pictures or turn the numbers into charts to aid comprehension right in the spreadsheet
225. mation AppleWorks creates the document for you This Assistant Address List Helps you to Create a database listing of names and addresses for business personal or student information Business Cards Create business cards for business or personal use Calendar Create a monthly calendar Certificate Create certificates awards or diplomas Create Labels Assistant Create a database layout for labels Envelope Position and print addresses including return addresses on envelopes For more information see Addressing envelopes on page 9 27 Find AppleWorks Documents Locate an AppleWorks document on the current disk Home Finance Examine home finance questions such as determining your net worth buying a home or taking out a loan Insert Footnote Place a footnote in a document For more information see Adding footnotes and endnotes on page 4 28 Make Table Insert and format a table within a document For more information see Creating tables on page 4 19 Newsletter Create newsletters for your club school or business Paragraph Sorter Sort paragraphs alphabetically within a document For more information see Sorting paragraphs on page 4 14 Presentation Create presentations to view on a computer or overhead projector or on paper Creating opening and printing documents 2 7 Using stationery To use stationery a templa
226. me see the appropriate chapter in this User s Manual All features including procedures and shortcuts are described completely in onscreen Help See Using AppleWorks Help on page 1 3 if you are not familiar with onscreen Help or how this manual and Help work together Starting AppleWorks To start AppleWorks double click the AppleWorks 5 folder icon to display its contents Then double click the AppleWorks application icon When you installed AppleWorks the Installer placed an alias in the Launcher You can also click the AppleWorks application icon in the Launcher to start AppleWorks The first time you start AppleWorks you re asked to enter your name company name if applicable and product serial number You need to do this only once when you start AppleWorks If you entered your name in the Sharing Setup dialog box your name appears automatically in the Name box X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 2 2 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual AppleWorks Please personalize this copy Name Type a name to personalize your copy of AppleWorks Company Serial Number See registration card Register your product now to receive our newsletter and product updates Press Tab to go to the next line Company is optional Important Check your typing carefully If you find a mistake press Tab to move through the boxe
227. me the style Note You can edit any style on the stylesheet palette regardless of the type of document you re in However you can t apply the style until it s appropriate to do so For example if you create a table style you don t see the table style until you re working in a spreadsheet document or frame To show the stylesheet palette click 4s on the Default button bar or choose Show Stylesheet from the Window menu To edit a style click the Edit button on the stylesheet palette and select a style or substyle from the scrolling list on the left The pointer changes to 3 Then use the document controls you d normally use to format text and objects such as the tools palettes ruler paragraph controls and menu commands Edit Style File Edit v Basic Styles Bold Italic Text Font Times Default SS Base Style None As you edit the style you see your changes here Footnote Index Text Style Bold Hot Text Text Style Italic lt z Paragraph St Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 9 16 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Click a triangle to display substyles Select a substyle to edit If you re editing an outline or table spreadsheet style select each substyle you want to edit before choosing any commands or clicking controls Edit Style File Edit Table Styles 3D Table 1 Base Style No
228. ment as stationery See Saving document formatting as templates stationery on page 2 12 for more information Addressing envelopes In the Help index see gt envelopes gt stationery using To address an envelope choose New from the File menu select Use Assistant or Stationery and a category from the Category pop up menu and then choose your envelope stationery Double click the sending address text frame and type the address you want to use Repeat for the return address text frame Insert the envelope into your printer and then print the envelope stationery document You can also print addresses from a database document using mail merge See Merging data into documents mail merge on page 9 22 amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Linking frames In the Help index see gt layering information gt frames linking Beyond the basics 9 29 You can link a series of text paint or spreadsheet frames to break up information that s normally confined to one area of a document You can then move and resize frames to control the layout of your document Ut wisi enim H 129252 166566 L 34467 44091 Link text frames for complex page layouts Link paint or spreadsheet frames to show parts of a painting or spreadsheet When you create linked fra
229. mes Draw documents Use a draw document for artwork and page layout A draw document includes objects such as rectangles circles and lines that you can create select move and modify If you want to add text a spreadsheet or clip art Drawing tools and palettes you can do so in the same document File Edit Format Transform Options Window Introduction 1 9 28 ABBAS SIRI BI AWS weis paw menus and button bar Helvetica vY Default hd Ne TESS TET ESS RSE Rose PT 2 Create a map in a draw document he Elm Street mre ES joel ol ke PREEN Bemont Avenue Bekedere Avenue Chestnut Street Vehicles per hour 9 a m 10 a m 5 p m 6 p m Main Street 123 243 Elm Street 75 161 Chestnut Street 73 156 Total 277 560 Add text and data to create a presentation m Text frames Clip art Spreadsheet frame Draw documents are useful for creating presentations newsletters maps organizational charts and illustrations Draw documents are especially useful for complex page layouts you can link text frames in a draw document so the text flows from one frame to the next See chapter 5 Drawing for more information about what you can do with draw documents and using drawing tools in a
230. mes you see indicators that provide information about the frames A continue indicator shows that a frame is not yet linked to another frame A link indicator shows that the frame is linked to another frame Anything you type paste or paint into the first frame continues into the next frame A text overflow indicator shows that the frame contents extend beyond the last frame Top of frame indicator Eza onsequat Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate lit esse molestie consequat vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit raesent luptatum zzril delenit ugue duis dolore te feugait nulla als utem Vel laoreet dolore magna aliquam vat volutpat Ut wisi enim ad inim veniam quis nostrud exerci ation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis isl ut aliquip ex easden commodo Text overflow indicator Continue indicator Link indicator Linked text frames Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 9 30 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual E In the Help index see gt frames formatting gt frames linking Continue indicator Linked spreadsheet frames Continue indicator Linked paint frames When you create linked frames keep in mind the following a You can create linked frames in a word processing spreadsheet draw or data
231. mind Ifyou set a password for default Options stationery you must type the password each time you open the stationery document If you don t type the correct password when you try to open the document AppleWorks opens a blank document of the same type To maintain security consider doing the following Make passwords easy to remember but not so easy that someone can guess them If you write down passwords store them in a secure place away from your computer Change passwords often Passwords provide a minimum level of security to your documents and should not be used to protect sensitive information Setting a password does not encrypt the file To protect sensitive documents consider taking additional security measures Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 2 18 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Importing and exporting documents You can share AppleWorks documents with other applications by importing to or exporting from AppleWorks documents In the Help index see gt exchanging data To import and export documents the AppleWorks application uses translators special files that translate information for many popular software applications These files which come with AppleWorks are in your AppleWorks Translators folder The AppleWorks Translators folder is in the AppleWorks folder which is in the Application
232. mplex with many parts All of these are legitimate and simple formulas This formula Does this B6 B8 Adds the values in cells B6 and B8 E9 3 5 Multiplies the value in cell E9 by 3 5 a constant fixed value that you supply Shares Price Multiplies the values in two named cells see Naming cells and ranges on page 7 12 California Places a text constant California in a cell SUM D4 D12 Uses the SUM function a predefined formula to add the values in the cell range D4 to D12 See Working with functions on page 7 26 for more information on functions Cell references in formulas In the Help index see gt cells references A formula can contain references to a cell or a range of cells AppleWorks uses the data in the cells to compute the formula s result There are two types of references relative and absolute A relative reference gives the location of a cell relative to the location of the current cell If you copy and paste a formula with a relative reference to another cell AppleWorks changes the reference to reflect the relative position from the new source cell An absolute reference stays the same when you copy and paste a formula To enter an absolute cell reference type a dollar sign before each part of the cell address You can also mix absolute and relative addresses in the same formula for example A 1 B 1 Relative reference Absolute reference
233. mport a FileMaker Pro or AppleWorks database document from the DIF format the field names are preserved Printing a database document You print a database document in Browse List or Layout mode In Browse or List mode the Print dialog box gives you the option of printing the current record or all visible records Printing labels In the Help index see gt mailing labels You can print labels on continuous sheets or on individual sheets of label stock Before printing labels on label stock make one or more trial printouts on plain paper to make sure that the spacing is correct and all the text prints within the label boundaries You may have to make the fields in the layout slightly smaller to fit within the label AppleWorks sets the layout margins automatically when you use a preset Avery label layout If you print custom labels on a laser printer you must set the layout margins yourself For more information see Setting margins on page 3 17 Closing up space when you print In the Help index see gt printing labels When you print labels unused spaces created by blank fields are closed up and don t print When you print from any other layout field data is preset to print as it appears on the screen To change the layout of the data when it prints choose Edit Layouts from the Layout menu Select a layout from the Current Layouts list and then click Modify In the Layout Info dialog box select the
234. mpuan Continent Asia records to hide and then click Country Country Japan on the Default button bar y or choose HideSdected from figaimaimal ee ae Country Country vietnam the Organize menu Continent Europe Country France Before After Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 8 22 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Sorting records In the Help index see gt records sorting To Do this Example Deselect records 38 click the record in a selection Continent or select non Country contiguous Continent Asia records Country vietnam Continent Country Continent North America Country Canada Show all records Click on the Default Continent Asia button bar or choose Show Country Japan All Records from the Organize Continent Asia menu Country vietnam Continent Europe Country France Continent North America Country Canada You can sort records alphabetically or numerically based on the fields you specify You can also save a set of sort criteria called a named sort for reuse You can sort records in Browse mode and List mode Tip To sort records quickly by field select the field and then on the Default button bar click to sort in ascending order or click to sort in descending order Hidden records are not sorted To save a set of sort criteria choose New Sort from the Sort ii pop up menu To sort records with
235. n extended keyboard To go to a particular index entry for example if you re using the index entry in the margin of the manual to direct you to a topic you can type the index entry in the Keyword box Saree ee ss In the Help index see gt stationery You see this in the manual O Applework Contents index o Ba Keyword stationery Type all or part of the index entry and then press Return Introduction 1 5 Keyword Topic stationery About stationery Create stationery Print an envelope Save communicati Save document forme AppleWorks displays the index so you can select a topic if there s only one topic for the entry you see the topic Select the topic you want to see and click GoTo Topic To return to the same place in the index click again Note If you re on the Help Contents page and the keyword you type appears on the Contents page you jump to that word Leaming more about onscreen Help Refer to AppleWorks Help for more tips on locating information and customizing onscreen Help For information on Adding your own notes to a Help In the Help index see topic gt Help customizing Copying Help topics into an exist ing document gt Help copying Finding text within a Help topic gt Help finding Marking topics you use often gt Help customizing Printing one or more Help topics gt Help printing
236. n on the Internet see Linking Web pages on page 11 6 Note If you move the pixels in the area you selected the link remains with the area in the document or frame and does not move with the pixels Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Chapter 7 Spreadsheet This chapter describes what you can do with an AppleWorks spreadsheet document or spreadsheet frame All spreadsheet features including procedures buttons and troubleshooting are described completely in onscreen Help When to use a spreadsheet Use a spreadsheet when you want to organize text and numbers in rows and columns For example you can develop a budget analyze financial performance track loans mortgages and stock and bond performance maintain a checkbook schedule projects manage business and personal assets chart your children s growth and medical information produce profit and loss statements Expense categories in rows months in columns Add your own title January expenses Utilities Insurance Rent Telephone Supplies 1 t t i 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 Use a formula to calculate totals Spreadsheet Chart based on first two columns of the spreadsheet 7 2 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual In the Help index see gt spreadsheets documents gt tables Spreadsheet basics You can also use a spreadsheet
237. n the Help index see gt planning databases List the fields each record will hold Before you create a database it s a good idea to plan your database design on paper to reduce the time and effort of redesigning When planning your database decide what you want the database to accomplish which fields the database will contain and the type of data they Il hold what each record in the database will represent for example an employee or an invoice how the database can help you work more efficiently by using options such as formulas and automatic data entry Invoices Date autp ontry today s date re Book title Anthor ae Identify fields that are automatic entries or the Cnt Pria results of calculations Vamber trdered Total price aute calentate Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Database 8 7 Tip When you design a database that holds names and addresses you can start quickly by using the Address List Assistant and then changing the database as needed For more information about using Assistants see Using an Assistant on page 2 4 Defining database fields Once you plan the design of a database the next step is to define the fields In the Help index see to store the data When you define a field you give it a name and then select gt fields de
238. nces You can capture or save all incoming data not just the contents of the screen and the scrollback pane in a text file as it s received When you capture data the file is saved on disk not in memory You can start capturing data before you connect or while you re online For example if you don t want to save your online service s menus you can wait to capture data until you re about to receive the information you want To Choose Begin capturing incoming Captureto Filefrom the Session menu enter a filename and then data click Save Stop capturing the data Stop Capture from the Session menu Set preferences that affect Preferences from the Edit menu In the Preferences dialog box how you capture data choose Communications from the Topic pop up menu select options and then click OK Saving and printing communications documents In the Help index see gt capturing data When you save a communications document by choosing Save from the File menu you are saving the contents of the terminal area the scrollback pane and your current communications settings You can save a communications document at any time even if you re connected to another computer To save only the text in the scrollback and terminal areas excluding the communications settings choose Save As from the File menu Name the document choose Text from the pop up menu and click OK Important You should not use Save on the Fil
239. nction button Row headings Cell grid Cell 100 Dfe amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 7 4 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Working with spreadsheet frames A spreadsheet frame provides a view into a spreadsheet A spreadsheet frame In the Help index see gt frames creating gt frames working in AEE In the Help index see gt frames formatting gt frames working in is like any other object You can move it resize it change or delete the border apply a fill color or wrap text around it Within a frame you have full access to the spreadsheet tools and commands To select the frame as an object click once To work inside the spreadsheet frame select the frame and then click to select the cell Lorem ipsum dolo laoreet dolore mag Handles indicate that the frame is selected sit amet consectetuer ad aliquam erat volutpat ullamco Duis aut molestie eros et a Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing eli laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat Ut wisieni ull 654 3600 lupt facilisi pam ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipi To work in the rest of the document click twice outside the frame Here are some ways to adapt a spreadsheet frame to suit your needs To Resi
240. nd scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic In the Help index see gt styles editing Style Type Style Name Select the Basic type of style Paragraph Road you want to Outline asar om create O Table Click to use the LJ Inherit document selection format properties of the fon ose your document Beyond the basics 9 11 Type aname for your style Choose None if you don t want the new style to assume any preset formatting options or choose a style to acquire that style s properties You see the pointer for editing styles s when you exit the New Style dialog box unless you selected Inherit document selection format If you want to edit the style now see Editing styles on page 9 15 If you don t want to edit the style click Doneon the stylesheet palette Tip If you choose Default from the Based on pop up menu in the New Style dialog box your style will contain many preset formatting properties To see these properties open the stylesheet palette select the Default style and then click the Edit button Click Done when you re finished Base Style None Text Font Helvetica Text Size 12 pt Text Style Plain Text Color ss acl Cell Format General Cell Decimal Places 2 Cell Alignment General T Scroll to see more Default paragraph properties Tuming off a style In the Help index see
241. ne ne arian Properties of he 7 ane substyle 3D Table 1 Blue Gray 1 Cell Alignment Center Blue Gray 2 When you re finished editing the style click Done Note If you click in the document or select a non formatting menu command such as Print in the File menu you can no longer edit the style If this happens click the Edit button on the stylesheet palette To change the name of a style or to change the style on which a style is based select the style and choose Modify Style from the Edit menu on the stylesheet palette Modify Style Type aname for aut Name your style Based on Choose a style to acquire the properties of hase Beyond the basics 9 17 Copying pasting and deleting styles and properties You can duplicate and delete styles and move them between documents In the Help index see You can also cut or copy properties and move them to another style gt styles editing Note You cannot cut or delete a style that is in use Start by clicking s on the Default button bar or choosing Show Stylesheet from the Window menu to show the stylesheet palette Then click the Edit button on the stylesheet palette To Do this Cut or copy a style Select a style and choose Cut Style or Copy Style from the stylesheet palette s Edit menu Paste a style Cut or copy a style and then choose Paste Style from the stylesheet palette s Edit menu If the style you re pasting ha
242. nery to open from the Open dialog box you can save the stationery in any folder 3 Type a name for the document If you re setting up default stationery there are specific naming In the Help index see conventions you must use gt documents creating For this document type Use this filename Word processing AppleWorks WP Options Draw AppleWorks DR Options Paint AppleWorks PT Options Spreadsheet AppleWorks SS Options Database AppleWorks DB Options Communications AppleWorks CM Options a If you re setting up regular stationery you can save the document as any name It s best to give regular stationery a name you can easily identify later such as Letterhead 4 Click Save amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Creating opening and printing documents 2 15 Opening stationery p In the Help index see gt stationery using When you open a stationery template document AppleWorks opens it as a new untitled document and the original document remains unaffected You change the document as necessary and then assign it a new name when you save it To open default stationery 1 Choose New from the File menu 2 Select the type of document to open such as Word Processing or Drawing and then click OK Note To create a document without the default stationery settings sel
243. ng an Assistant on page 2 4 2 12 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Linking to other documents In the Help index see gt links gt URL buttons When you plan to use an AppleWorks document onscreen or on the Internet or World Wide Web you can create a link a connection or jump from an area in a document to a different document different area of the same document Uniform Resource Locator URL the address of a document application or other information on the Internet You select the text object such as a graphic object in a drawing spreadsheet cell paint image or frame from which to create the link and then specify the location to link to For more information see Creating links on page 9 1 To create a link to information on the Internet see Linking Web pages on page 11 6 Saving document formatting as templates stationery In the Help index see gt stationery Stationery is a template that you create once and then reuse many times Save a document as stationery whenever you spend time customizing a document and think you may want to use the same settings again For example you can create stationery to design your own custom letterhead a monthly newsletter or a customer tracking database that you and the rest of your company can use regularly Stationery can contain text draw objects paint images formatting and other options you routinely use There are two ways to set
244. ng lines borders colors patterns and textures Copying an object s attributes Resizing objects Reshaping and smoothing objects Connecting objects Arranging objects Locking objects to prevent changes Creating a master page Adding pages to a draw document Creating custom colors patterns gradients and textures Adding clip art Adding text spreadsheet or paint frames Creating links in draw documents 4 30 4 30 4 30 4 31 4 32 4 32 4 33 4 33 4 34 4 35 4 36 5 1 5 1 5 2 5 2 5 3 5 3 5 6 5 7 5 8 5 8 5 9 5 9 5 11 5 12 5 13 5 14 5 15 5 16 5 17 5 18 5 18 5 19 5 19 5 21 Chapter 6 Painting When to use a painting Painting basics Creating a painting About the paint window Working with paint frames Working with images Using the painting tools Setting lines colors patterns and textures Overlapping colors and patterns Selecting and moving images Deleting copying and duplicating images Magnifying an image Transforming a selection Reshaping a selection Resizing or turning a selection Coloring and tinting images Combining images Adding text and spreadsheets Adding clip art Customizing resolution and depth Working with large files Changing the size of a painting Creating a preview of a paint document Creating links in paint documents Chapter 7 Spreadsheet When to use a spreadsheet Spreadsheet basics Creating a spreadsheet About the spreadsheet window Working with spreadsheet frames Typing in
245. nge and displays the average value 85 of the selected cells as the result Spreadsheet 7 29 Cell range pens aes y AVERAGE A1 C1 en en ee AT a The result Displaying data in charts graphs In the Help index see gt charts creating A chart or graph shows graphic relationships and trends among data You can chart data in a spreadsheet frame as well as in a spreadsheet document Unit Sales i Opal B siver Data Line chart T T T IstQtr 2ndQtr ZrdQtr 4thQtr Making charts In the Help index see gt charts creating gt charts modifying To make a chart select a cell range and then choose Make Chart from the Options menu In the Chart Options dialog box click a chart type in the Gallery and then click OK AppleWorks draws the chart and places it on top of the spreadsheet Tip To create a chart quickly select the cells and click one of the chart buttons on the Default button bar Double click the chart to change chart options You can create more than one chart for each spreadsheet or spreadsheet frame Updating chart data The chart is linked to the spreadsheet so when you change data in the spreadsheet AppleWorks updates the chart Copying or cutting and pasting a chart severs its link to the spreadsheet data If you then change the spreadsheet data AppleWorks won t update the pasted chart Choose Index from the or Help menu
246. ns the formula result to include in the formula Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 8 12 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual You enter a formula for a calculation or summary field just as you do for a spreadsheet cell See Working with formulas on page 7 21 The type of operation a formula performs depends on the field type of the values it calculates and whether the formula s field type is calculation or summary Usea calculation field to calculate a value from values in other fields in the current record Use asummary field to calculate a summary value using values from one or more records in the database You immediately see the result for a calculation field in Browse mode and List mode when you add records and when you change values used in a calculation Note To see the result for a summary field you must create a summary part in Layout mode and insert the summary field Then sort the records and switch to page view For more information about summarizing data see Presenting and summarizing data with parts on page 8 36 Adding changing and deleting fields In the Help index see gt Define Fields command You add change and delete database fields in the Define Fields dialog box To select a field name click the name in the Field Name list To Choose Define Fields from the Layout menu and then Add
247. nsion installed in your system you can add movies to your documents play them on the screen and make simple changes You can work with movies in word processing draw and spreadsheet documents and in multimedia fields and Layout mode of a database document Adding a movie to a document You can import insert or paste a movie into any document type except communications and into a multimedia field in a database document See Importing and exporting documents on page 2 18 for more information Movies appear in the document as a picture with a control badge in the lower left corner Note In a word processing document the QuickTime movie control bar is not available when the movie has been inserted or pasted as an inline object in text To play a movie inserted this way double click the movie frame To stop the movie single click the movie frame To make the movie control bar available in a word processing document insert the movie as an object select the arrow pointer and choose Insert from the File menu Setting movie options You can control how a movie plays in an AppleWorks document by clicking the movie object so it appears with handles and choosing Movie Info from the Edit menu Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 9 32 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Playing a movie Click the control badge double click the control bad
248. nsparent object click the 4 object s line or border Handles indicate an object is selected An object remains selected until you deselect it or select another object To Do this Deselect an object Click anywhere outside the object For information on transparent objects see Changing lines borders colors patterns and textures on page 5 9 Select a deselected object Click the selection tool 1 and then click anywhere on the object Select more than one object Hold down the Shift key and click each object at a time Select a transparent object Click any of the object s outlines For more information on selecting objects see onscreen Help For information on In the Help index see Other ways to select multiple objects selecting objects Deselecting one object while several are selected Selecting all objects of a certain type Selecting objects within a frame Changing the number of handles displayed on a graphics preferences selected object X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Using the graphics ruler and grids The graphics grid graphics ruler and autogrid an alignment feature that helps you draw or move objects in precise increments help you size position and align objects in a draw document In the Help index see gt autogrid gt graphics grid gt rulers Drawing
249. ntry field and type France i The first record Continent Europe looks like this Country France Part 4 Make new records 1 Click on the Default button bar or choose New Record from the Edit menu You see a new record under the first record 2 Choose New Record from the Edit menu again Three records now appear in the database Part 5 Finish entering data in the new records 1 In the second record click in the Continent field type Asia and then press Tab 2 Click in the Country field of the same record and type Japan 3 In the third record type South America in the Continent field press Tab and then type Brazil in the Country field Continent Europe Country France Continent Asia Country Japan Continent South America Country Brazif Your database with three records 8 6 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Part 6 Close the database Note You may want to save your example database and use it to practice other database operations described in this chapter and in onscreen Help For example you could try adding different field types changing the layout of the fields and searching for specific records To save your database before closing it click S on the Default button bar or choose Save from the File menu type a name for the document choose a different folder if necessary and then click Save To close the database document choose Close from the File menu Designing a database I
250. nu Cut Select the text object or Removes the selected text object or image to cut and click on image from a document or frame and the Default button bar or places it in the Clipboard choose Cut from the Edit menu Paste Position the insertion point Places the cut or copied text object or where you want to place the image at the insertion point or the last cut or copied text object or place you clicked image and click 3 on the Default button bar or choose Paste from the Edit menu Note There are some exceptions to the cut and paste rules in AppleWorks documents You cannot cut text from a communications document but you can copy it If you paste text into a communications document with an open connection the text is sent to the remote computer to which you are connected You also cannot paste objects into a spreadsheet cell In a database document you can paste objects only in Layout mode or into a multimedia field Copying objects using the drag and drop feature If your computer s operating system supports drag and drop you can use drag and drop to copy text objects images and spreadsheet cells between documents and applications Note You can also use drag and drop to open and insert documents For more information about drag and drop see onscreen Help and the documentation that comes with your computer Basics 3 11 To use drag and drop to copy items between documents and applications a p
251. o format existing text as an outline select the text and choose an outline label When you re finished typing the outline you can begin typing paragraphs again by choosing a paragraph label from the P pop up menu on the text ruler v None Diamond Bullet Check Box Harvard Leader Legal Letter Caps Letter Numeric Roman Caps Roman Paragraph and outline labels See the next section for more information about creating and adding topics to an outline Tip If you want to organize your thoughts but you don t want to create an outline you can create a list such as a bulleted list or checklist See Adding bullets numbers and checkboxes to paragraphs on page 4 11 4 16 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Creating an outline In the Help index see gt topics outlines To create an outline choose an outline label from the pop up menu and then type the first topic To add another topic at the same level as the current topic press Return To add another topic indented to the left or to the right of the current topic choose New Topic Left or New Topic Right from the Outline menu None j i I Plannin Diamond I Planning I Planning ing Bullet II Funding II Funding Check Box A Grants First topic New topic New right topic Letter Caps Letter Numeric Roman Caps Roman Choose an outline label To create a new line without a label press Shift Return This is especiall
252. of the first column One column Click the column heading Multiple columns Shift click adjoining columns Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Database 8 19 To select Do this Example of selected area Multiple fields Drag the pointer across the fields If the first field in your selection is a pop up menu or a checkbox field press Option as you drag Note To change the appearance of text in selected rows and columns in List mode see Moving columns and formatting data on page 8 20 For more information about text attributes see Changing text appearance on page 4 7 Resizing rows and columns In the Help index see gt List mode Bottom of row heading When you first choose List mode you see data in rows and columns of uniform size To see more data resize the rows or columns To resize rows and columns move the pointer to the bottom of the row heading or to the right edge of the column heading you want to resize The pointer changes to a double arrow p or If your pointer looks different move the cursor until it s directly over the row or column border Then drag the pointer to the right or down until the row or column is the size you want Customer Street Adventure i100 Aspen Right edge of column heading Adventure i100 Aspen
253. olumns You can also place a special title page with no header or footer at the start of a section see Creating a title page on page 4 21 In the Help index see gt sections You can also divide a single page into multiple sections each with different formatting You can insert sections into a word processing document only You cannot insert a section into a header footer footnote or text frame Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Text word processing 4 25 Inserting and deleting a section LSE SSS st In the Help index see gt breaks gt deleting text gt sections To insert or delete a section click f4 on the Default button bar or type 38 semicolon to display the formatting characters Then To Do this Insert a section Choose Insert Section Break from the Format menu You see a section break character where you inserted the section When page guides are visible you see a section break line at the end of each section See Previewing pages for printing on page 3 12 Delete a section Select the section break character B for the section you want to delete and press Delete For more information about formatting characters see Showing formatting characters on page 4 6 Formatting sections In the Help index see gt columns text gt se
254. om the Save As pop up menu Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 11 10 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual 3 Type a name for the document followed by the filename extension cwk and then click OK 4 Save the document again and choose HTML from the Save As pop up menu 5 Type a name for the file followed by the filename extension html and then click OK Opening and editing HTML files When you edit your HTML file or Web page you open the original AppleWorks word processing document After you make changes to the document you must save it again as an HTML file In the Help index see Web pages editing Choose Open from the File menu In the Document Type pop up menu select Word Processing In the File Type pop up menu select cwk Locate and then select the document View the document and then make any changes you want ao a F WwW N a If you made changes save the document as described in the previous section Saving a document in HTML format Working with electronic mail With AppleWorks you can send and receive email messages to and from many types of computers and mail systems locally or in remote locations You can work with electronic mail on the Internet or over a different computer network In the Help index see gt email To work with electronic mail you must have the appropriat
255. ommand document gt spreadsheet frames In the Help index see Blank spreadsheet Do this Choose New from the File menu select Spreadsheet and then click OK on the Default button bar If you don t see the button bar Or click choose Show Button Bar from the Window menu 7 3 Spreadsheet Example gt spreadsheets documents A spreadsheet document Spreadsheet frame Select the spreadsheet tool sl within a document choose Show Tools from the ep except communi Window menu if it isn t visible as cations and drag the pointer in the mim document aal J In a spreadsheet document hold Bal fee down Option as you draw the Aspreadsheet frame ina frame word processing document About the spreadsheet window When you create a spreadsheet document or frame you see the spreadsheet menus and the entry bar in the spreadsheet File Edit Format Calculate Options Window Spreadsheet menus JAS 22 2 alls S isllee el S s C E BIA ules Buttons for common BYEZ lool Seale C Ce ein ae Le tasks in spreadsheet l Seneva E 4 UE l documents or frames Entry bar 4 Eo untitled SS FTE F Column Active cell headings Fu
256. on it over the object and hold down amp as you click K Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 5 12 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Resizing objects To resize one or more objects or frames use the mouse or AppleWorks SSS SSS SSS SS In the Help index see gt resizing objects commands To resize objects by Select the objects and Using the mouse Place the pointer on a handle and hold down the mouse button as you drag a handle To scale proportionally hold down Shift as you drag Example Specifying a percentage scaling Choose Scale By Percent from the Arrange menu Type values in the boxes for the percentage by which to enlarge or reduce the area and then click OK Setting new dimensions Choose Object Size from the Options menu type values in the bottom three boxes in the size palette and then press Return Use these settings to reposition the object pen Fe here See onscreen Help for additional information on resizing objects and frames For information on Adding extra handles to objects to help you change graphics preferences only the width or the height In the Help index see Setting the angle of constraint limitation for the pointer s motion X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and cl
257. on on printing a document see Printing a document or Help topic on page 2 20 Word processing documents always appear in page view To preview a word processing document without margins and page guides choose Document from the Format menu and then deselect Show margins and Show page guides The Soccer Company The Soccer Company meek ipei wit 27 panain t dead nh ea Le Tenet atit in wilputate velit ess augue duis dolore te feugat outh frciliei Lo tlie Renn ot we eect molada coreg valit EEU dolar at amd coreettver wipe Senet Suc ith hidni St sd dam cocutimy ea ee mod toei obra on Sight onta felis FETS dempe o eee mer Seip aoe at accunean at iuo ut edt lo magen saga arat wohl Sto ace a aceumen aio ut Barsat dolora mapa aligram arat volutpat D dirian ul Gunde o Mewiianim ad mirim veri su voted Go i SiS itende tl an v ninn vnan gi eed azami tatoo ullamcorper szepit ibati nif it paset honim zni dinit etmi taion ullamcorper ascii Isbat val iip lt x axsden commodo corsequat Duk Seve ui aa te fnak ot sigi cen sonnes seegi Du f Buten wel eum aie doe bene D seit tap dota te vel syp Shue doar ant D Veit asse maladie core aquat vel lecnwcct dues ig ait sed Nulputate velt asse molesti core eqyat vel ohne en Sagat nth elite vero ane d aer garnene repera doles en Sugar culls freddie at varo aros al m gu Meier mas aigan sn whtgat Uk wid Ssvuncan a usto odio denizim quibtaede Sai dr ideo ces gage sau aaa U wit
258. oose Close Connecting to the Web Once you ve selected a browser to use you can quickly connect to the Web using the selected browser To do so on the Internet button bar click el Creating a Web page In the Help index see gt Web pages creating A Web page is an HTML file on the Web With the AppleWorks translator you can easily create an HTML file without understanding HTML or how it works You simply create a word processing document and save your work as an HTML file You see immediately how your document will look on the Web Note The AppleWorks HTML translator displays a Web page in a standard format However your Web page may appear different on different browsers You can customize the format for specific browsers by clicking the HTML Configuration button and adding or modifying the tags that are exported Designing your Web page Before you create a Web page it s a good idea to learn about effective Web page design You can find such information in the computer and software sections of bookstores in computer industry magazines in classes and seminars and on the Internet In addition browse the Web and note aspects of other Web pages that you d like to use in your own Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 11 4 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual As you create a Web page with AppleWorks keep the following design
259. ops Lorem si amet ipsum i j S ame 7 um adipiscing sed dem aliquam Bop een C Sed en alge lbulsmod lacreet magna eulsmod lacreet magna Tabbed table Table in a spreadsheet frame Use any of the following methods to make a table To make a table Do this By setting tabs Use the pointer to drag tab stops to the text ruler See Setting and changing tabs on page 4 10 To convert the tabbed table to a spreadsheet frame select the text in the table and click on the button bar See Using the button bar on page 3 5 By creating a Select the spreadsheet tool from the tool panel and drag the spreadsheet frame spreadsheet pointer diagonally If you don t see the tool panel choose Show Tools from the Window menu To make the spreadsheet frame move along with the text when you make changes in the document insert the spreadsheet frame as an inline object as if it were a character in the text For more information see Adding pictures and frames to text on page 4 34 For more information abut creating and using a spreadsheet frame see Spreadsheet basics on page 7 2 Using an Assistant Choose AppleWorks Assistants from the or Help menu Select Make Table and click OK See Creating a document on page 2 2 for more information about Assistants Working with pages You can change the design of all or some of the pages in a document by formatting text in columns putting text in tables
260. or Help menu This Apple Guide system guides you through the tasks Should you make an error you re alerted to the problem and shown how to correct it See the Quick Reference on the back cover for more information Working with AppleWorks With the AppleWorks application you can do all the jobs you perform most often on a personal computer word processing outlining drawing and painting presentations spreadsheet computation and charting database management and telecommunications The rest of this chapter describes the different types of work you can do with AppleWorks First go through the introductory material both in print and onscreen that you received with your computer When you re ready to learn about AppleWorks start by running the onscreen tour Introduction to AppleWorks For instructions on starting AppleWorks and running the onscreen tour see How to start on page 1 1 The tour is an easy way to see what AppleWorks can do for you Introduction 1 7 What s a document Document types You use the AppleWorks application to create documents A document is a computer file in which you enter information You can create open change save print delete and duplicate documents When saved a document appears as an icon on the desktop When you create a document it appears in its own window with the tools needed for that document type When a document is open you see its contents such as a
261. or example you F can rotate it change its borders or make it transparent Rotated text frame amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 5 20 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual If you don t see the tool panel choose Show Tools from the Window menu To do this ina draw document Do this Example aS a In the Help index Type text Select the text tool and click once in the ek de TASR document Choose from the Font Size and XYZ gt frames creating Style menus and then type your text Change the appearance of Select the text frame and choose from the Byz yyy text in a text frame Font Size Style Text Color Alignment and Spacing AAAA a hidi commands in the Format menu or choose from the pop up menus below the buttons on Before After the button bar Add a spreadsheet frame Select the spreadsheet tool and drag in the document to create a spreadsheet frame You see the spreadsheet pointer and spreadsheet menus Column and row headers have been hidden Paint Select the paint tool and drag in the f document to create a paint frame You see the a7 pencil painting tools and paint menus As you work with frames keep the following points in mind a You can also place text spreadsheet or paint frames in a drawing by choosing them from a library See Using libraries on page 3 18 To switch betwe
262. or the first and last name Use a find request before merging to include only certain database records You may also want to sort the records before merging them AppleWorks prints only the found records in the order they were sorted Preparing the merge document To prepare the merge document open the AppleWorks document you want to merge the data into Then choose Mail Merge from the File menu select the AppleWorks database document that contains the data you want to insert and click Open In the Help index see gt mail merge Note If you are merging data into a draw document you must merge the data into a text or spreadsheet frame within that document In the merge document position the insertion point where you want to insert the data from the database field In the mail merge palette select field names and click Insert Field for each one amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Select the field you want to insert into the merge document Click to insert the selected field into the merge document Merged data Beyond the basics 9 25 Shows the current database Mail Merge Field Names First Name Last Name Street Select to show merged data or deselect to show merge field names Merge Database Address List Show Field Data a Record gt Click an arrow to show the merg
263. ord Shows the in context word count Tip If you need to check the spelling in a communications document you can copy and paste the text into a word processing document and then check spelling there Or save your communications document as text then reopen that text file as a word processing document Hyphenating words You can use automatic hyphenation to prevent entire words from moving to the next line You can also change where words hyphenate In the Help index see Auto Hyphenate command To turn automatic hyphenation on or off choose Writing Tools from the Edit menu and then choose Auto Hyphenate To specify how a single word should be hyphenated place the insertion point where you would like the word to break and press 3 hyphen Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 4 32 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Finding synonyms Seca eae ee When you re searching for the best word you can look up synonyms In the Help index see words of similar meaning in the onscreen thesaurus that is provided with synonyms AppleWorks The AppleWorks thesaurus is a collection of more than 220 000 words organized by synonyms To find a synonym select a word choose Writing Tools from the Edit menu and then choose Thesaurus You see the Thesaurus dialog box Word Finder Thesaurus uncertaint
264. ore Choose a unit of measure A from a pop up menu Right Indent Space After Label Alignment id Apply Canc Type the number of units you want after the paragraph Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 4 14 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Copying text ruler settings After setting tabs indents and line and paragraph spacing apply these i eka Inthe Help INGE eee settings to new or existing paragraphs by copying and applying the ruler gt rulers To copy the ruler place the insertion point in a paragraph that has the formats you want and click on the Default button bar or choose Copy Ruler from the Format menu To apply the ruler place the insertion point in the paragraph you want to format and click B on the Default button bar or choose Apply Ruler from the Format menu Sorting paragraphs You can use the Paragraph Sorter Assistant to sort reorder paragraphs alphabetically numerically or by date in a word processing document or text frame In the Help index see gt Assistants To sort paragraphs select the paragraphs you want to sort and then choose AppleWorks Assistants from the or Help menu Select Paragraph Sorter and then click OK Then select how you want the paragraph sorted AppleWorks sorts the paragraphs based on the selected text or the contents of the entire paragraph See
265. ormation see Creating a layout on page 8 30 8 10 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Checking or entering data automatically In the Help index see gt fields defining Set criteria for having AppleWorks check the data as it s entered Scrolling list of items Type the items you want to appear as choices AppleWorks can enter or check data when you create records For example you may want the data in a number field to be unique and within a certain range To set up a field for data checking or automatic entry select the field from the list in the Define Database Fields dialog box and click Options You see the options available for the type of field you selected For example this dialog box shows the options available for number fields Field type Field name Options for Number Field Qty Sold Verification Default Data O Cannot Be Empty Automatically Enter CO Must Be Unique Type the data you want O Must Be In Range AppleWorks to enter automatically From Other field types such as pop up menus radio buttons serial numbers and value lists have different options Options for Popup Menu Field Department r Items for control Default f Select the item v Accounting Automatically Choose that AppleWorks Shipping automatically chooses for a new record Label for control Department Type a new Item Label field name
266. ou view by name you see an item s scaled size Alphabetize items in a library Alphabetize Set the number of pixels used to View Options and then type a size in pixels for Horizontal display items on the library palette and Vertical when you view by object Set the number of rows when you View Options and then type numbers for Rows and Columns view by name and columns when you view by object on a library palette Setting preferences You can customize AppleWorks by setting options in the Preferences dialog box Some options you set apply to the current document only and others apply to new documents you create To have settings take effect whenever you create a new document click Make Default in the Preferences dialog box In the Help index see gt preferences Tip You can also set specific preferences in a document and save the document as stationery that you can reuse For more information on stationery see Saving document formatting as templates stationery on page 2 12 Choose Preferences from the Edit menu In the Preferences dialog box choose a category General Text Graphics Spreadsheet Palettes or Communications from the Topic pop up menu Select options and then click OK K Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 3 22 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Choose the category of options you want
267. out saving the criteria choose Sort Records from the Organize menu Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Select fields to sort by field names move to the Sort Order list m New Sort Edit Sorts State Customer Selecting a named sort Database 8 23 Click to move fields A between the Field List and Click to clear the Sort Order of fields the Sort Order list Order list from first to last Field List Customer Street City State Postal Monthly Sales Sort Name Sort Records Sort Order al Customer al Ascending order State Customer Descending order Type aname for the sort Cooks and Books 45 First St Belmont CA Adventure Books 100 Aspen Durango co Treetop Books 23 Forest Boulder co To Use a named sort 94002 99332 80302 Select sort order for selected fields Records are sorted by State then by Customer From the Sort Iii pop up menu choose The named sort Change the sort order Edit Sort Select a named sort from the list and click Modify Select a field choose Ascending or Descending and then click OK Rename a named sort Edit Sort Select a named sort from the list and then click Modify Type a new name and then click OK Delete a named sort Edit Sort Select a named sor
268. owing methods such as clip art commercially produced graphics into an AppleWorks document Inthe AppleWorks document click where you want to insert the file and then click ee on the Default button bar or choose Insert from the File menu In the Insert dialog box select the file type from the Show pop up menu choose the file and then click Inset To insert information into fields of an AppleWorks database see Importing data from other documents on page 8 38 Use drag and drop Open the AppleWorks document to receive the information to insert Then drag the icon of the document that contains the information to insert into the AppleWorks document Open a document created by Click E on the Default button bar or choose Open from the AppleWorks for File menu choose a document and then click Open Windows 95 If you don t see the document choose Control Panels from the menu and then choose PC Exchange PC Exchange is a Control Panels extension included with Macintosh System 7 5 and available for System 7 and higher from Apple Computer Inc Click On and then click Add For DOS Suffix type CWK select AppleWorks in the list of applications and then click OK Repeat for DOS suffix CWS For more information about PC Exchange and formatting disks so they can be read by both Mac OS and PC computers see the documentation that comes with your computer Converting documents In the Help index see
269. ows Viewing windows Arranging windows Going to a page Using the tool panel Using the button bar Switching button bars Showing hiding and positioning the button bar Customizing the button bar Adding and removing buttons Creating your own button bar Using palettes Working with frames Working in an AppleWorks document Cutting copying and pasting Copying objects using the drag and drop feature Changing your mind Previewing pages for printing Using rulers Creating headers and footers Adding a date or time Numbering pages Setting margins Changing the page orientation and size Using libraries Creating opening and saving libraries Working with the library palette Duplicating deleting and moving library items Viewing library items Setting preferences 2 16 2 17 2 18 2 19 2 20 2 20 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 5 3 6 3 6 3 7 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 13 3 14 3 16 3 16 3 17 3 18 3 18 3 19 3 20 3 20 3 21 3 21 Chapter 4 Text word processing When to use a word processing document Text basics Creating a word processing document or frame About the word processing window Working with text frames Typing text Typing equations Selecting text Cutting copying and pasting text Showing formatting characters Changing text appearance Changing paragraph formats Setting and changing tabs Indenting paragraphs Contents V 4 1 4 2 4 2 4 3 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 5 4 6 4 6 4 7 4 8 4
270. p File Edit Format Font Size Style Outline Window CB a Buttons for common DEpRessessleeeuIuas tasks in word SALES SIS eislee l processing a Leola Eea documents and text untitled WP frames i Text ruler Margin Text insertion point Page guides Text in a word processing document looks the same on the screen as it does when it s printed Working with text frames Use a text frame when you want to add a block of text to a spreadsheet draw In the Help index see or paint document or to a database document in Layout mode You can t gt frames creating create a text frame in a database document in Browse Find or List modes gt frames working in gt text tool When you finish working with the text inside a text frame click outside the frame to make the frame s handles reappear and to restore the main document s menu bar and functions Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 4 4 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Typing text In the Help index see gt deleting text gt text shortcuts gt undoing actions When you draw a text frame in a word processing draw spreadsheet or database document you can move resize or reshape the text frame Select t
271. pecific provider an account or connection with the Internet service provider To open read and work with Web pages you use a browser an application that displays information from the Web in a format you can read and work with Each browser interprets HTML tags differently For example one browser may display headings in color with an elegant typeface while another may display headings in capital letters Selecting a browser In the Help index see gt browser gt Web browser launching Before you can use the Internet with AppleWorks you need to select a browser to use You can change your selection at any time To select a browser 1 Choose Interne from the menu on the Default button bar If you don t see the button bar choose Show Button Bar from the Window menu 2 Click g on the Internet button bar 3 In the Internet Preferences dialog box click Helpers X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic AppleWorks and the Internet 11 3 4 In the Helpers dialog box click the item in the list that begins with http and then click Change 5 In the Add Helper dialog box click Choose Helper Locate and select the name of the browser to use and then click Open 6 In the Add Helper dialog box click the close box 7 With Internet preferences as the current window choose Save from the File menu and then ch
272. ppears only at the top of each page text added to the Body part is repeated with each record Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Database 8 33 To Do this Add a picture Use one of the following methods m Choose Library from the File menu choose Open and then choose a category In the library palette select an item and then click Use For more information see Using libraries on page 3 18 Copy and paste a picture from a different document m Click on the Default button bar or choose Insert from the File menu and then select the picture file using the Insert dialog box Use the drawing tools to draw directly in the layout m Create a paint frame Use drag and drop to drag the picture from a different document into the AppleWorks layout Deleting duplicating and renaming a layout Duplicating renaming or deleting a layout has no effect on the data in your records To From the Layout menu or the Layout X pop up menu choose In the Help index see Delete a layout Edit Layouts Select a layout from the Current Layouts list click Delete es and then confirm the deletion gt duplicating gt layouts editing Duplicate a layout New Layout Type a new name select Duplicate and then click OK gt layouts deleting Rename a layout Edit Layouts Select a layout from the Current Layouts list and then
273. ptions in the Display dialog box and click OK In the Help index see gt Display command Note If the spreadsheet is in a frame you must first open the frame before changing the display To open the frame select the frame and choose Open Frame from the Options menu See Working with spreadsheet frames on page 7 4 This option Displays Call Grid Dotted gridlines that separate the rows and columns Solid Lines The cell grid with solid gridlines Call Grid must be selected Formulas Formulas rather than computed values in cells that contain formulas Column Headings Column and row headings Row Headings Mark Circular References Dots in cells that contain circular cell references Formulas must be deselected X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Spreadsheet 7 21 Printing a spreadsheet document In the Help index see gt printing spreadsheets gt Set Print Range command You can control various aspects of how your spreadsheet document prints To print Choose Row and column titles on every page Lock Title Position from the Options menu The range of cells that you Set Print Range from the Options menu In the specify rather than all formatted Print Range dialog box click Print Cell Range type cells and cells that contain data the range you want to print and then click OK Row and column headings o
274. r s Manual Editing links In the Help index see gt links When you edit a book mark or document link using the Links menu in the links palette the contents of the document containing the book mark or link remain unchanged To edit a link 1 Open the document containing the book mark or link to edit 2 Choose Show Links Palette from the Window menu 3 From the pop up menu on the links palette choose the type of link to edit 4 Click the name of the book mark or link to edit If a link you want is in a folder open the folder by clicking the triangle next to the folder name and then click the link name 5 Choose Edit Link for the selected link type from the Links menu 6 In the Edit Link dialog box make your changes and then click OK Deleting links In the Help index see gt links When you delete a book mark or document link using the Links menu in the links palette the part of the document containing the book mark or link is not deleted To delete a book mark or link 1 Open the document containing the book mark or link to delete 2 Choose Show Links Palette from the Window menu 3 From the pop up menu on the links palette choose the type of link to delete 4 Click the name of the book mark or link to delete If a link you want to delete is in a folder click the triangle to open the folder and then click the link name 5 Choose Delete Link for the selected link type from the Links
275. r computer AppleWorks Start AppleWorks see Starting AppleWorks on page 2 1 if you need help Then view the onscreen tour Introduction to AppleWorks to understand what AppleWorks is all about To begin the tour choose Introduction to AppleWorks from the or Help menu Practice using AppleWorks while reading this manual and referring to onscreen Help 1 2 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual If Do this You ve used AppleWorks Read the rest of this chapter to learn how to use this manual and before AppleWorks Help together Start AppleWorks see Starting AppleWorks on page 2 1 if you need help Then review the list of new features in AppleWorks 5 see the AppleWorks 5 Installation Manual or choose Appleworks Help Contents from the or Help menu and then click New features in AppleWorks 5 0 As necessary review AppleWorks Help topics and the chapters in this book to learn more about specific procedures Using Help and the Users Manual together In the Help index see gt index entries relating to the current section are listed here This manual and AppleWorks Help a comprehensive onscreen Help system are designed to work together Text marked with a bar in the margin or within the text lists index entries to AppleWorks Help topics These Help topics provide more information about a feature For information on In the Help index see an AppleWorks feature gt index entries for re
276. r text frame you want to check Click on the Default button bar or choose Writing Tools from the Edit menu and then choose Check Selection Spelling Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Text word processing 4 31 Once you choose either command the Spelling dialog box appears and AppleWorks begins checking for questionable words The spelling checker verifies the words you are checking in the main dictionary which is installed with AppleWorks and any installed user dictionaries If it does not find a word it suggests alternatives If the spelling of the word in question is correct such as the spelling of someone s name you can add the word to a user dictionary by clicking Learn Join us for our 10th annual book far next Friday and Saturday Several prominent local Click to replace atthors will be there to sign your PENi books We ll have entertainment tool The with the word Jones Troupe who selected in the list changes to Done when check is complete Type a keyboard shortcut skip Click to add the to replace a word Learn questionable word Learn _ to the user dictionary Status Questionable Spelling 23 Words Checked F 2 Questionable Words v Click to hide or show the word there to sign your neaw books We ll fave ertertainment too in context Shows the questionable w
277. r the Click amp on the Default button bar or choose Print cell grid from the File menu In the dialog box select or deselect the Print Column Headings Print Row Headings and Print Cell Grid checkboxes Working with formulas Use formulas to perform calculations on spreadsheet data You can combine numbers cell references named cells or ranges and functions predefined formulas to build your formulas For some simple formula examples see Examples Entering formulas on page 7 25 Important The examples in this documentation are based on U S conventions For example dates and numbers are shown in U S formats In English speaking countries other than the United States functions formulas and calculations might be formatted differently For example in the U S commas act as separators in formulas In other countries semicolons might be used as separators Understanding formulas In the Help index see gt spreadsheets calculations Within a single formula you can calculate a result using values such as 4 95 Ms Jane Smith or February 2 1997 operators such as gt or cell references such as B2 P66 or D7 functions such as SUM B2 N66 or PRODUCT AI C1 named ranges X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 7 22 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Formulas can be simple or very co
278. ranges in a formula choose Replace References from the 7 menu in the entry bar To Do this Replace named cells with Select the cell or range that holds the formula you want to work cell addresses in formulas with Choose Replace Names from the menu in the entry bar Deselect the names you want to exclude from replacement with cell addresses and click Replace Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Spreadsheet 7 15 To Do this Replace cell addresses with Select the cell or range that holds the formula you want to work named cells or ranges in with Choose Replace References from the menu in the entry formulas bar Then deselect the cell addresses that you want to exclude from replacement with named cells or ranges and click Replace Example 1 Using cell names in a formula This example shows you how to name two cells and use the names in a formula 1 Open anew blank spreadsheet document and then type Income Expenses and Profit incells Al A2 and A3 respectively 2 Format column B for currency Select the entire column click on the Default button bar or choose Number from the Format menu select Currency and then click OK Select cell B1 and choose Define Name from the Z menu in the entry bar Click Define to accept the suggested name Income Select cell B2 and choose Define Name from th
279. rator and then use the date TEXTTODATE function to specify the date Finds the restaurants visited in 1997 Working with layouts When you work with a database in Browse mode you see the fields arranged in a layout an arrangement of fields field labels and other objects that determine the way data looks when it s displayed and printed AppleWorks automatically creates the standard layout you see in Browse mode when you create a database You can change the layout and create additional layouts for the same data each one for a different purpose Understanding layouts In the Help index see gt Layout mode You create and work with layouts in Layout mode You can use all the drawing tools and commands available in AppleWorks to design your layouts You don t enter or edit data in Layout mode so creating or changing a layout has no effect on the data in the database Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Drawing tools Database 8 29 To edit the current database layout choose Layout from the Layout menu Add graphics and text Weekly Sales Pes by Category Qty Sold Price aae n o ea a E a Leelee Grand total Grandoe Field labels and fields become objects in a layout You can create five types of layouts in the New Layout dialog box Layout type Description Example
280. read about some general database concepts the basics of setting up a database and entering information 8 2 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual What s a database P A database is a collection of related information or data which you can sort In the Help index see search through and print as needed Using a database you can organize and gt databases documents analyze information in various ways so that you understand its significance These are the elements that make up a database Name Chris Yan Gough Month February Each category of information contribution 4 55 The information in each field is a is a field value values can be text numbers Name Pat Wong dates times pictures references to Month January movies or formulas that calculate Contribution 10 values Name Elena Galdez Aset of fields is a record E Month February Contribution 10 65 Using Browse List Find and Layout modes In AppleWorks there are four modes in which to work with a database Browse List Find and Layout You select a mode using the corresponding command in the Layout menu In the Help index see gt Browse mode Name Chris Yan Gough Month February Contribution 4 56 Name Month Contributions Records Name Pat wong j h Februa 456 3 7 Month January asi Sorted in Contribution 10 Browse mode Records 9 List mode In Browse and List modes you view add chang
281. reate and arrange objects of various shapes sizes and colors When you overlap objects the hidden parts still exist Every object has a border which you can hide and a fill the area within the border Another type of object is a frame Most of what you can do with an object you can do with a frame as well Text frame hidden border and transparent fill Border Using the drawing tools You use the tools in the tool panel to create select move resize and reshape objects If you don t see the tool panel start by choosing Show Tools from the Window menu You use the first four tools in the tool panel to work with frames and objects For more information see Working with frames on page 3 9 Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 5 4 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual SSS SST In the Help index see gt drawing tools gt selecting objects Use the remaining tools in the tool panel to create and change different types of objects Click to work with frames and objects Click to select a tool Mee ae Hold down the mouse button as you i drag the tool Use this tool To draw Line tool Diagonal or straight lines To make straight lines hold down Shift as you drag the tool Rectangle tool Rectangles To draw squares hold down Shift as you drag the tool O Rounded rectangle too
282. rent part of Select the frame and choose Framelnfo from the Edit menu Type the painting in the frame values in the Origin box and then click OK The new values become the coordinates of the upper left corner of the frame For information about linking paint frames in a document see Linking frames on page 9 29 Working with images In a paint document you use the painting tools to create images painted shapes and effects Using the painting tools The painting tools include the drawing tools and additional painting tools For information on the drawing tools see Using the drawing tools on page 5 3 The remaining tools are unique to paintings amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic SSS SSS In the Help index see gt tools Painting 6 5 To select a tool on the tool panel click it Once you select a tool it stays selected until you choose another tool To use the Select the tool and Example Brush Drag the pointer to paint strokes with the current yy fill color pattern or texture E Pencil Drag the pencil to paint fine lines in the current AAND fill color a Paint bucket Click an enclosed area to fill it with the current e fill color and pattern gradient or texture Em Before After Spray can Drag the pointer to spray the current fill color eee pattern or texture Eraser Drag the era
283. rom the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Chapter 6 Painting This chapter describes what you can do with an AppleWorks paint document or paint frame All paint features including procedures buttons and troubleshooting are described completely in onscreen Help When to use a painting Use a painting when you want to create airbrush or brushstroke effects to tint colors or to transform shapes for example to add perspective to an image or add special effects for example blurring an image Because paintings are made of individual pixels dots that you can change you have very precise control over textures colors and shapes Use an AppleWorks paint document or frame to create hand painted artwork for invitations holiday decorations posters and announcements a illustrate reports work with scanned pictures When you are painting you use the same tools used to make drawings described in Using the drawing tools on page 5 3 plus additional painting tools such as the spray can 6 2 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual In the Help index see gt pixels Painting basics How paintings and drawings differ Drawings are made of objects that can be selected moved or changed while retaining their individual identity For example when one object in a drawing overlaps another the back object remains intact Paintings are made of many sep
284. s about 4 24 columns in 4 27 counting 4 33 formatting 4 25 inserting and deleting 4 25 numbering 4 27 title pages in 4 21 Selecting database columns and rows 8 18 fields 8 13 8 19 layouts 8 31 records 8 21 frames 5 6 5 20 images 6 8 library items 3 20 objects in documents 5 6 frames selecting objects spreadsheet cells 7 5 text 4 5 tools drawing 5 3 5 5 frame 3 9 painting 6 5 Selection rectangle paint 6 8 Selection tool See Arrow pointer Serial numbers in database fields 8 9 Series spreadsheet chart in 7 30 7 33 Session described 10 2 starting and ending 10 4 timing and status 10 3 Shaping See also Reshaping or smoothing images 6 10 6 11 objects 5 13 Shearing an image 6 11 Shortcuts See Button bar Buttons Show hide tools control 3 1 Showing button bar 3 6 Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic field labels 8 34 formatting characters 4 6 11 4 graphics grid 5 7 margins and page guides 3 12 3 18 palettes 3 3 records 8 22 tulers 3 13 scrollback pane 10 6 spreadsheet chart or frame 7 31 columns and rows 7 17 grid 7 20 headings 7 20 tool panel 3 4 Size changing See Resizing Slide show options 9 20 Slides 9 18 9 21 Smart quotes 3 22 Smoothing objects 5 13 Soft return 4 4 Sorting database for mail merge 9 24 name fields 8 14 records 8 8 8 22 8 26 links 9 5 paragraphs 2 6 4 14 spreadsheet data
285. s The name of the computer on which you re showing the slides Program AppleWorks 5 Click OK To start and stop the slide show click gt and E on the Slide Remote palette Click or 4i to go to the next or previous slide Click M4 or Dl to go to the first or last slide Merging data into documents mail merge In the Help index see gt found set gt mail merge You can insert information from a database document into another document or frame by performing a mail merge You can merge a database document with a word processing document to create a form letter that includes personalized information for each recipient for example Dear Chris instead of Dear Customer a spreadsheet document or frame to create a report that s easy to update or to include a price list in a brochure a text frame to print an envelope or a label see Addressing envelopes on page 9 27 Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic TL Fii net rt ka Camis Jab HLA ay Field data to merge Placeholder ka i ma Ge Epu oE D bag ka Lee eA hd arl hra p H DEl mi Biag En dlm kre HEak a ramly A AHH ae ar Dp Hiir Iai eka iOD ieg Database D Piru Latte rubs yy babe po Dar THa Lach Tarka forh digas Ehra Waly Hr yr TE ra rreucting Lier Henin innprereanveanic E riak
286. s and correct the error or type the information again You can t change the name company or serial number after you leave this dialog box unless you reinstall AppleWorks If you re new to AppleWorks or unfamiliar with the new features in AppleWorks 5 run the onscreen tour You can run the tour at any time by choosing Introduction to AppleWorks from the or Help menu Creating a document To create a document you can In the Help index see gt documents creating start with a blank document use the AppleWorks Assistants which help you create specific documents to meet your home and office needs open custom templates called stationery Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Creating opening and printing documents 2 3 Creating a blank document In the Help index see gt New command You can create a document when you start AppleWorks or when AppleWorks is already running To create a document when AppleWorks is running choose Newfrom the File menu Or click the appropriate button in the Default button bar If you don t see the button bar choose Show Button Bar from the Window menu If you selected New from the file menu you see the New Document dialog box Select a document type New Document AppleWorks A Word Processing 43 Drawing Painting
287. s that represent the tools used to work in AppleWorks You use these tools to paint images draw objects and frames a special type of object and change the appearance of objects and frames For more information on frames see the next section Use the arrow pointer to select move and reshape objects and frames Use the text tool to create text frames and type text Use the spreadsheet tool to create spreadsheet frames Use the paint tool to create paint frames Use the drawing tools to draw objects in documents and frames Use the painting and drawing tools to paint images in a paint document or frame Fill sample Use the fill palettes to select the fill color pattern gradient Pen sample or texture for objects and images Use the pen palettes to select attributes for lines and borders of objects and images If you don t see the tool panel click the show hide tools control or choose Show Tools from the Window menu Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Basics 3 5 Using the button bar In the Help index see gt button bars Click and hold down the mouse button to see options for customizing the button bar When you open an AppleWorks document you see the button bar at the top of the document window below the menu bar The button bar saves time by providing shortcuts to activi
288. s the same name as another style on the palette you see a dialog box Type a new name for the style and then click Rename Delete a style Select a style and then choose Clear Style from the stylesheet palette s Edit menu You can t delete a style that other styles are based on or any style that is in use in the current document Cut copy or delete properties Select a style click Edit and then select one or more properties Then choose Cut Properties Copy Properties or Clear Properties from the stylesheet palette s Edit menu Paste properties Select a style click in the Properties box and then choose Paste Properties from the stylesheet palette s Edit menu Note You cannot cut copy or paste substyles If you want to change or copy information contained in a substyle edit or copy its properties Importing and exporting styles You can export all or some of the styles on a stylesheet palette to a separate file and import them into other documents This is useful if you want to reuse your favorite styles in other documents or establish formatting standards for everyone in your organization to use and share X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 9 18 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual To import or export styles start by clicking fs on the Default button bar or choosing Show Stylesheet from the Window menu to display the
289. se Close All from the File menu Leave AppleWorks Choose Quit from the File menu If you haven t saved changes in open documents AppleWorks asks if you want to save the new version Printing a document or Help topic In the Help index see gt documents printing gt Help printing To print the current document or a current Help topic click amp on the Default button bar or choose Printfrom the File menu To bypass the Print dialog box and print a single copy of a document hold down Option and choose Print One Copy from the File menu You can t bypass the Print dialog box if you re printing a Help topic When you first use your printer or when you change printers use the Chooser in the menu to identify the printer to the system software For information on using the Chooser see the documentation that comes with your computer amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Creating opening and printing documents 2 21 Before you print you can preview a document on the screen and make necessary adjustments To Do this Choose a printer Select a printer using the Chooser Change the page orientation In AppleWorks choose Page Setup from the File menu page size and other print settings Preview a draw spreadsheet In AppleWorks choose Page View from the Window menu database or paint document on
290. se preset paragraph styles supplied by AppleWorks or In the Help index see Tam paragraph styles you create to change a paragraph s formatting in one step gt styles For example you can apply a style to format paragraphs with hanging indents and bullets in the margin To show the stylesheet click g on the Default button bar or choose Show Styleshee from the Window menu Then select the paragraphs to format and click Bullet To format a single paragraph click anywhere in that paragraph and click Bullet For information on applying styles or creating your own see onscreen Help and Using styles on page 9 5 Lorem ipsum a u Edit Style E Select the text et ile Edi Se Eas baits 301 tatic jase le e a YOU fange Mommy bh a Sse ae c ange Footnote Index Default SS Para Left Indent 0 5 in Before Footnote Index Para Topic Label Bullet Then click to oceans apply a preset Checklist Bullet 4 al Lorem ipsum style Footer Dolor sit amet Footnote Consectetuer Nonummy nibh Properties of After To see a style s the style Bullet properties click Edit and then select the style Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 4 10 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Setting and changing tabs In the Help index see gt tabbing Use tabs when you create tables or need to
291. se the name of the button bar you want to display from the M menu on the button bar amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 3 6 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Showing hiding and positioning the button bar AppleWorks is preset to show the button bar above the document window To hide or show the button bar choose Hide Button Bar or Show Button Bar from the Window menu You can position the button bar above below or to the left or right of the document window or as a floating palette To change the button bar drag it so it becomes a free floating palette To change its size hold the mouse button down over the resize box m in the lower right corner of the palette and then drag the comer diagonally until the button bar is the size you want To change its position drag it where you want it to go You can also choose Button Bar Setup from the menu on the button bar and then choose an option from the Position pop up menu Customizing the button bar To customize the button bar choose Button Bar Setup from the M menu on the button bar and then choose one of these actions To Do this Increase or decrease the numberof Type a number for rows or columns up to 20 rows or columns of buttons Show or hide the palettes or In the Show Popups and Indicators areas select or deselect pop up menus on the button bar options Show the name
292. sections each with its own distinct header and footer See Dividing a document into sections on page 4 24 Headers and footers if any do not appear on the first page of a word processing document or section that has a title page See Creating a title page on page 4 21 3 16 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Adding a date or time z m You can display the current date or time on any page of a document In the Help index see AppleWorks updates the date and time with the current date and time when gt headers you close and reopen the document gt Insert Date command To change the format for the date see Setting preferences on page 3 21 Important Dates and times in this documentation are shown in U S formats using U S conventions In English speaking countries other than the United States dates and times might be formatted differently To repeat the date or time on every page of a document put it in a header or footer See Creating headers and footers on page 3 14 for more information To insert Do this Example The current date or time in Place the insertion point in the a text frame or word document or frame and choose ene processing document Insert Date or Insert Time from the l Edit menu Date inserted in document or frame Dates and times are updated when you close and reopen the document The current date or timein Place the insertion point in the Revised 4 4 97 a header or foo
293. see Any object Hold down the mouse button while laai gt object size palette including a frame dragging the object to the new a n i tapi i position Don t drag a handle If Lari gt positioning objects you do you ll resize the object An object in small Press the arrow keys increments An object by specifying Choose Object Size from the Options its location menu type values in the top four t izen boxes in the size palette and then if o Type here press Return lH 1 38 in F 0 75 in 2 0 Duplicating copying and deleting objects Once you create objects you can duplicate copy or delete them In the Help index see gt duplicating gt removing amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic AIL Drawing 5 9 Remember that you can usually reverse your most recent action by choosing Undo from the Edit menu To revert to the most recently saved version of your document choose Revert from the File menu To Duplicate an object Select the object s and Choose Duplicate from the Edit menu Space duplicates evenly After duplicating the object move it immediately to a new position The next duplicate you create appears at the same distance from the last copy Copy an object and paste it elsewhere Click on the Default button bar or choose Copy from the Edit menu Click
294. sent ut let feugiat nulla vos et luptatum sril delenit facillisis at ver eros augue duis Ut wisi etaccu Qui blandit enum ad mimin praesent luptatum benisum Se diam Text formatted in columns To specify the number of columns in your document or text frame choose Section from the Format menu type the number of columns and then click OK You can specify up to nine columns their widths equal or variable and the amount of space between each one To add or subtract columns of equal width click the increase columns or decrease columns control in the text ruler Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 4 22 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Click to subtract columns Click to add columns ol To Shows the number of columns Important If your document already contains columns of variable width clicking the increase columns or decrease columns control changes them to equal width You can change a column s width and the space between two columns by using the mouse to drag the column guide border To Do this Change a Press Option and move the column s width pointer precisely over a column guide until the pointer looks like this 4 Then press the mouse button and drag right or left Example Lorem ipsum dolor feugiat nulla facilisis at molestie consequat el illum dolore ev feugiat nulla vos et ver eros etaccu Qui blandi
295. ser to remove part of an image ae n A qu Before After As you use the painting tools keep the following tips in mind To Do this Change the size shape and other settings Choose Brush Shape or Spray Can from the Options for the brush and spray can menu Change the brush effects Double click the brush 4 Choose Ffects from the pop up menu set the options and click OK Set the number of sides on a regular Double click the regular polygon tool gt type polygon the number of sides from 3 to 40 and then click OK Set the angle of curvature for an arc or Double click the arc tool sh set options and frame the arc s edges to make a wedge then click OK Set the angle of curvature for the ends and Double click the rounded rectangle tool set corners of a rounded rectangle options and then click OK Erase the entire painting Double click the eraser 2 Reverse your most recent change Click on the Default button bar or choose Undo from the Edit menu Use a selected image as a paint brush Hold down Option 8 as you drag the image Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 6 6 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Setting lines colors pattems and textures Use the fill and pen palettes to set the fill color and pattern gradient or texture and set the line color pattern width and arrowhead style In the Help
296. sheet cell 7 6 Gradients See also Palettes copying from objects 5 11 displaying faster graphics preferences preferences for 3 22 setting for database fields 8 34 images 6 6 objects 5 10 Graphics preferences 3 22 Graphics ruler See Rulers Graphics See Clip art Pictures Graphs See Charts Grids 5 7 6 8 Grouping objects 5 15 5 16 H Handles changing number of graphics preferences described 5 6 X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic l 6 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Hanging indent 4 11 Hard non breaking space 4 5 Header part See Parts database Headers dates and times in 3 16 in database documents 8 37 inserting 3 14 on title pages 3 15 4 21 page numbers in 3 17 removing 3 15 viewing in page view 3 12 Headings spreadsheet described 7 3 showing and hiding 7 20 Heavy bold text 4 7 Help contents 1 3 copying text from Help copying index 1 4 keywords 1 4 notes adding to 1 4 1 5 opening and closing 1 3 QuickHelp application 1 4 topics marking Help customizing navigating 1 3 viewing 1 4 using with this user s guide 1 2 Helpers 11 3 Hidden characters See Formatting characters Hiding button bar 3 6 field labels 8 34 formatting characters 4 6 graphics grid 5 7 page guides and margins 3 12 3 18 palettes 3 3 records 8 21 tulers 3 13 scrollback pane 10 6 spreadsheet chart or frame 7 31 col
297. sing rulers The text ruler and graphics ruler help you measure and align text objects and frames You can show one ruler at a time To show or hide a ruler choose Show Rulers or Hide Rulers from the Window menu To change the ruler settings choose Rulers from the Format menu and then select the settings you want in the Rulers dialog box In the Help index see gt rulers Rulers Ruler Type Units O Text Inches Graphics Centimeters Change between text and graphics rulers Millimeters Select the unit of O Picas measure Divisions g Points Specify the number of 4 divisions per unit Cancel ox For more information about rulers see Changing paragraph formats on page 4 8 and Using the graphics ruler and grids on page 5 7 amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 3 14 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Creating headers and footers You can have a document display the same information at the top or bottom of every page in a header or footer To create a header or footer choose nner Insert Header or Insert Footer from the Format menu In the Help index see Type or insert header text here The Soccer Company endeait in wilputnte vet a le d Accumean ot keto odio dignissim qui seer een zail rat putas woleaie cece amit vel dirsa Era n
298. spreadsheet frame If necessary resize the spreadsheet frame to make it smaller under a chart than the chart Then select the chart and drag it over the spreadsheet Bring a hidden spreadsheet Select the chart and then click 4 on the Default button bar or frame back into view choose Move To Back from the Arrange menu Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 7 32 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Enhancing a chart s appearance Because a spreadsheet chart is an object you can change the chart s appearance by selecting all or part of it and using the fill and pen palettes and text formatting commands California poppy Eschscholzia Title Y axis Ti el T Legend Series symbol ro Series box e 20 X axis 0 50 100 Axes labels ermination rate Original chart Hide the California poppy Eschscholzia F chart s border m Hide the title and Change the data series symbol to a 3 point line along the axes legend borders H Germination rate Paste a picture into 1 the spreadsheet and TAR drag the picture over the chart e 20 og y Ses Germination rate Enhanced chart Spreadsheet 7 33 Choose Show Tools from the Window menu to display the tool panel then try some of the following techniques using the fill and pen palettes For information on using the pen and
299. stylesheet palette To Do this Export styles to a file Choose Export Styles from the stylesheet palette s File menu In the dialog box click the styles to export and then click OK Type a name select a location for the export file and then click Save Import files that were saved to disk Choose Import Styles from the stylesheet palette s File menu Select a file containing exported style information and then click Open In the dialog box click the styles to import select or deselect Replaceall styles with the same name and then click OK If a style you selected has the same name as a style in the current document you see a dialog box Type a new name for the style and then click Rename To replace the style on the palette with the imported style click Replace If you don t want to import that style click Skip Creating a slide presentation In the Help index see gt editing master pages gt settings documents gt slide shows creating You can set up and run a slide presentation from AppleWorks You use the AppleWorks application as the slide projector the pages of an AppleWorks document as the slides and your computer monitor as the screen In an AppleWorks presentation you can set an automatic time advance for the slides use a fade transition between slides include QuickTime movies show the same series of slides repeatedly add a background using a master page Creating slides
300. t s displayed in the window Zoom in to edit pixels Zoom out to see more of the painting _ e To Do this i x In the Help index see Zoom out or in Click the zoom out id or zoom in J control at the gt zooming in and out bottom of the window Zoom out quickly to 800 Double click the pencil F Return to 100 view Choose 100 from the zoom percentage actual size pop up menu i007 or double click the pencil Transforming a selection You can change an image by transforming its shape changing its orientation or refining its color amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Painting 6 11 Reshaping a selection To reshape a selection select the area you want to change choose a command from the Transform menu and then drag the handles that appear Select the area and ee To choose Example In the Help index see Slant an image vertically or horizontally Shear gt transforming Stretch an image in any direction Distort E Add the appearance of depth or distance Perspective E When you finish reshaping click anywhere outside the selection rectangle Resizing or tuming a selection To resize or turn a selection select the area you want to change and then choose a command from the Transform menu Select the area and a e To choose Example In the Help index see Rotate an image freely Free
301. t from the list click Delete and then click OK Note AppleWorks sorts name fields fields whose type is Name by the last first or other word in the field depending on how you type the name For more information see Entering data in fields on page 8 13 8 24 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Finding information Finding text In the Help index see gt finding text gt find requests There may be times when you want to view update or print a specific group of records To find information in a database you can search for particular text create a find request to search for records that meet your criteria or write a formula to select records that match the formula s result To find text within a field choose Find Change from the Edit menu For more information about finding and changing text see Finding and changing text on page 4 29 Finding records with a find request The status panel changes 4 in Find mode Create a find request to find and display only the records that satisfy the search criteria that you set After the search AppleWorks displays the results in Browse mode To create a find request choose Find from the Layout menu type or select the search criteria in the find request and then click Find Restaurant Type French City Type or select the Avg Pri Barend value you want to find kiia El Reviews in one or more fields Requests 1 Find from
302. t it and then choose Ungroup Picture from the Arrange menu If the ungrouped picture has a border you can delete the border by selecting the object and choosing None from the pen width pop up menu Creating links in word processing documents In the Help index see gt book marks gt links When you plan to use an AppleWorks word processing document or a document that contains a text frame onscreen or on the Internet you can select an area of the document or frame and create a link a connection or jump to a different area of the same document a different document or a document or other information on the Internet To create a link in a word processing document select text and then create the link For more information see Creating links on page 9 1 To create a link to information on the Internet see Linking Web pages on page 11 6 amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Chapter 5 Drawing This chapter describes what you can do with the AppleWorks drawing tools All draw features including procedures shortcuts and troubleshooting are described completely in onscreen Help When to use a drawing Use a drawing whenever you want to create simple shapes such as rectangles circles lines and polygons You can combine these simple shapes to create designs such as a map or a quick sketch in any type of document e
303. t praesent ut let luptatum sril delenit facilisis at ver ero3 augue duis Ut wisi Before Lorem ipsum dolor molestie consequat el illum dolore eu feugiat nulla vos eros etaccu Qui blandit praesent luptatum sril delenit augue duis Ut wisi enum ad mimin After column is moved left Change the width Press Option and move the of two adjacent pointer between the column columns and keep guides until the pointer looks like the space between this 4O Then press the mouse them the same button and drag right or left Lorem ipsum dolor molestie consequat el ilum dolore e feugiat nulla v s Before blandit praesent luptatum sril delenit augue duis Ut wisi enum ad mimin benisum Se diam Loremipsum benisum Se diam dolor molestie nonummy et crud liet parle consequat el Lorem ipsum dolor molestie ilum dolore consequat el illum dolore eu feugiat eu feugiat nulla facilisis at After column is moved left Using text frames to create columns In complex columnar documents such as newsletters or brochures try using linked text frames in a draw document instead of columns in a word processing document You ll have more flexibility to resize text frames and place them where you want Text word processing 4 23 Breaking a page or column In the Help index see gt columns breaks in Each page is preset to break end at the bottom of the page Text continues at the top of the next p
304. t to retain all your changes You can also save text draw objects paint images formatting and settings in stationery templates that you can later reuse See Saving document formatting as templates stationery on page 2 12 To save a document click on the Default button bar or choose Save or Save As from the File menu Choose Save to save a document for the first time or to save changes to a document you ve previously saved Choose SaveAs to save another version of a document with a new name in a different format or in a separate location Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Currently open folder Double click a folder or disk to see its contents Choose a file format to save the document in that format Creating opening and printing documents 2 9 You see the Save As dialog box the first time you save a document and any time you choose SaveAs from the File menu In the Save As dialog box type a name for the document and then click Save Choose a folder or disk to save the document in that location S AppleWorks 5 Y amp Workstation A About AppleWorks Help gt AppleWorks Assistants 2 AppleWorks FAQ Guide gt AppleWorks Libraries Co AppleWorks Scripts gt AppleWorks Stationery Co AppleWorks Styles Save As AppleWorks v a E untitled Type a new name
305. te with preformatted settings and options choose New from the File menu and then select Use Assistant or Stationery Choose a category from the pop up menu and then select a stationery name from the scrolling list For information about setting up stationery see Saving document formatting as templates stationery on page 2 12 In the Help index see gt stationery using AppleWorks A About Stationery 43 Business Tools Index 4 Certificate Index Q Create New Document Select a stationery 49 Classroom Tools Index document Use Assistant or Stationery 43 Fax Cover Sheet Index 45 Flyer Index A description for the currently T Contains information on using the AppleWorks 5 stationery template documents located in the selected stationery appears here AppleWorks Stationery folder z amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 2 8 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Saving a document In the Help index see gt saving gt stationery Use stationery to create a document using a template such as a letterhead an envelope or a fax cover sheet that you customize for your own use ve sc The Soccer Company Specials sev ps samaa cone 120 s a 275 1275 A Shoo 4 gt The Soccer Company When you finish working with a document you save i
306. ter header or footer and choose Insert Date or Insert Time from the Edit Date inserted in header menu A fixed date or time one Hold down Option as you that does not update when choose Insert Date or Insert Time you close and reopen the from the Edit menu document in a text frame word processing document header or footer Numbering pages m You can display the current page number or page count on any page of a In the Help index see document The page number is updated when you add or remove pages or gt Insert Page command change the starting page number X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Basics 3 17 To repeat the page number on every page of a document put it inside a header or footer See Creating headers and footers on page 3 14 To insert Do this Example The current page Place the insertion point in the Fax Cover Sheet number or page count document or frame and choose Page 10f 5 in a text frame or word Insert Page from the Edit menu Fr ate Elfriede Lechner processing document Then select PageNumber to insertthe To Michelle Cannon page number or Document Page Count to insert the total number of pages Page number and document ehedec inent page count shows a range The current page Place the insertion point in the number or page count header or footer and choose Insert Page 3 in a header or footer Page
307. the document icon AppleWorks starts up if from the Finder software it s not already running and opens the document If you re asked for a password type the password and then click OK For more information about passwords see Protecting documents with passwords on page 2 17 Open a document created by Choose Open from the File menu choose the document AppleWorks for Windows 95 and then click Open If you re asked for a password type the password and then click OK If you don t see the document cancel the Open File dialog box choose Control Panels from the menu and then choose PC Exchange PC Exchange is a Control Panels extension included with Macintosh System 7 5 and available for System 7 and higher from Apple Computer Inc Click On and then click Add For DOS Suffix type CWK select AppleWorks in the list of applications and then click OK Repeat for DOS suffix CWS For more information about PC Exchange and formatting disks so they can be read by both Mac OS and PC computers see the documentation that comes with your computer amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Creating opening and printing documents 2 11 In the Open dialog box you can search for a document and choose the type of document you want to open Choose a folder or disk to see documents and folders in that location
308. ties that would otherwise take several steps to complete The button bar is preset to include buttons for some common AppleWorks actions File Edit Format Font Size Style Outline Window 2 HAdpiiassdaBiiagqeHeuets AAAs Meee Helvetica viz vla i Body Copies the current selection and puts it on the Clipboard Shows brief descriptions a untitled WP of buttons as you move the pointer over them The Default button bar for word processing documents To change the way you work with the button bar you can a show or hide it change its position customize its appearance add or remove buttons create your own buttons to perform the tasks you choose see Creating and editing custom buttons on page 9 33 There are several preset button bars You can switch to a different one or create your own button bar For more information see Creating your own button bar on page 3 7 Switching button bars You can display only one button bar at a time and the buttons on the button bar change depending on the type of document The Default button bars include buttons for the most common actions for the current document type AppleWorks provides specialized button bars For example the Assistant button bar includes all the Assistants for the document type To switch to a specialized button bar choo
309. to present text in a table For example use a spreadsheet document to type a schedule or list or use a spreadsheet frame to format a table in a word processing document For more information about using a spreadsheet frame as a text table see Creating tables on page 4 19 Dear Laurie and Bob We re planning the following dinners for next week s camping trip Monday Lentil stew green salad strawberries Tuesday Coq au vin fruit salad thubarb pie Spreadsheet frame Wednesday Chili carrot sticks cookies Let us know what you think and then we ll make adjustments and go shopping Word processing document Spreadsheet or database You can use either a spreadsheet or a database document to store and organize information Use a spreadsheet when you primarily want to do computations or when you want to do simple numeric or alphabetic sorts Use a database document when you want to print labels present the information in various layouts or do complex sorting For more information on databases see chapter 8 Database A spreadsheet can be a document or a frame a spreadsheet within another document You use the same commands and controls any time you work with a spreadsheet whether it s a document or a frame amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Creating a spreadsheet To create a In the Help index see gt New c
310. ts unique to AppleWorks File Edit Format Font Size Style Outline Window HABA Side sasiciuBawstelas SAA El SSS eles ele Helvetica z 12_v la fe Boay vJ Em untitled WP FE A MAG u G EGE a Horizontal E pt poten z att pane control Text ruler Show hide tools control Page indicator Zoom controls Zoom percentage box Vertical pane control 100 EPT cm gt 3 2 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Viewing windows In the Help index see gt viewing documents You can view a window and its contents in different ways For example to see a drawing in detail you can enlarge your view of it zoom in When you finish zoom out to return to its original size To Do this Example Zoom in or out Click to zoom in click Lal or choose a to zoom out or click the zoom wg f zoom percentage box and select a oa ercentage ercentage P amp P 8 Zoom out Zoom in Split a window Click the horizontal pane vertically or control mm in the upper right horizontally to corner or the vertical pane display different control Jj in the lower left parts of a corner and then drag the bar Drag down document atone to anew position time Drag right a 4 Restore a split Double click the vertical or window horizontal line between the panes October
311. tyles with a single click To show the stylesheet click S on the Default button bar or choose Show Stylesheet from the Window menu For example if you create a style called Wide Border you can apply it to objects and frames any time you want When you change a style all the objects with the same style also change For information on creating and using styles see onscreen Help and Using styles on page 9 5 Black Fill Red B Eait Style File Edit Basic Styles Black FM Re Checked FMZ Default SS Red FiN Blue Vv Wide Border D Paragraph Default D Outline St apply a style Default eee Before that you created Properties of the selected style After To see a style s properties click Edit and then select the style Copying an object s attributes In the Help index see gt objects copying attributes Use the eyedropper to pick up copy an object s attributes color and pattern gradient or texture and pen width and arrowhead settings and make them the current settings without having to select them from a palette You can also use the eyedropper to apply the current settings to another object To copy an object s attributes select the eyedropper and click the object whose attributes you want to copy The fill and pen samples change to reflect the new settings To apply the new settings to another object select the eyedropper positi
312. types of art in a painting Anything you add to a painting becomes an image made of pixels To Do this Add AppleWorks clip art to Choose Library from the File menu choose Open and a painting then choose a category In the library palette select an image and click Use For more information see Using libraries on page 3 18 Copy one or more items from an Use one of the following methods AppleWorks document or a clip art f m Open the document containing the picture you document to a paint document want select the picture and then click on the Default button bar or choose Copy from the Edit menu Open the AppleWorks document into which to paste the art click where you want the picture to go and then click on the Default button bar or choose Paste from the Edit menu Use drag and drop to drag the picture from a different document into the AppleWorks document Import scanned pictures or the entire Choose Insert from the File menu In the Insert dialog contents of a document created ina box select the file type from the Show pop up menu different application locate the document to import and then click Insert Customizing resolution and depth In the Help index see gt depth gt resolution A new paint document or frame is preset for a resolution of 72 dpi dots per inch The number and range of colors in the preset palette depends on the monitor you re using You can customize the resol
313. umns and rows 7 17 grid 7 20 headings 7 20 tool panel 3 4 Home Finance Assistant 2 6 Horizontal lines in HTML files 11 5 Horizontal pane control 3 2 10 6 Host computer described 10 2 HTML Hypertext Markup Language HTML HTML files See also Internet Web pages World Wide Web adding pictures to 11 5 creating 11 4 described 11 3 design tips 11 3 editing 11 10 opening 11 10 saving exporting as 11 9 Hypertext links See Links Hypertext Markup Language HTML See Electronic mail HTML files Internet Web pages Hyphenation 4 31 I Icons button bar See Buttons custom paint 6 16 for text clippings 3 11 Images combining 6 13 described 6 4 pasting 3 10 selecting 6 8 storing in libraries 3 18 transforming 6 10 6 13 working with 6 8 6 9 6 10 6 11 6 12 Importing See also Inserting databases 8 38 dictionaries 4 33 documents 2 18 HTML files 11 10 styles 9 17 Indenting See also Margins outline topics 4 17 paragraphs 4 11 Index Help 1 4 Indicators frame link 9 29 Inferior text 4 7 Info Line showing and hiding 9 33 Inline pictures and frames 4 34 Insert Footnote Assistant 2 6 4 28 Inserting See also Importing cells columns and rows 7 18 clip art 2 19 5 19 6 15 column breaks 4 23 database data 8 15 8 39 parts 8 36 8 37 documents 2 19 footnotes 2 6 4 28 page breaks in documents spreadsheet 7 20 word processing 4 23 page numbers 3 17 pictures in database fields 8 14 dat
314. ution number of pixels per inch and depth the number of colors in the color palette for a paint document or frame using the Resolution amp Depth command in the Format menu For a complete description of how to do this see onscreen Help Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 6 16 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Working with large files Your computer sets aside a certain amount of memory for AppleWorks If you re working on a paint document or other large document using many increasing memory graphics or working on multiple documents AppleWorks may require more memory than is available In the Help index see When you need to provide more memory for AppleWorks you may see one of these messages Not enough memory to complete this operation The document size has been reduced to fit the available memory For complete information on providing more memory see onscreen Help and the documentation that comes with your computer Changing the size of a painting To change the size of a painting choose Document from the Format menu In In the Help index see the Document dialog box type values for Pixels Across and Pixels Down and then gt size documents click OK Tip Ina new paint document 72 pixels equals 1 inch To change the number of pixels per inch see Customizing resolution and depth on page 6 15 Cre
315. vertically and horizontally within the screen Show cursor Show the arrow pointer during the slide show You can move the pointer around when each slide is displayed Background Select the background color or texture for the slide Border Select the color or texture displayed around the slide Fade Make the slide fade in and out when it is displayed Loop Repeat the slide show continuously until you stop it by pressing q Advance every number seconds Automatically advance to the next slide after the specified number of seconds Auto play Make a movie play automatically when it is displayed on a slide Simultaneous Make all QuickTime movies play simultaneously when Auto play is selected and more than one movie appears on a slide Complete play before advancing Display the current slide until the movie has finished Beyond the basics 9 21 Reordering slides Once you ve created a slide show you can reorder the slides To change the order of your slides choose Slide Show from the Window menu In the Slide Show dialog box drag a slide up or down Order The pointer changes to a double arrow Showing the slides using one computer To show your slide presentation choose Slide Show from the Window menu i ok k nie Help inde see In the Slide Show dialog box click Start gt slide shows running Tip Press Option as you choose Slide Show to bypass the Slide Show dialog box and go directly into the slide show
316. w and column titles in a spreadsheet document so they won t move as you scroll the rest of the spreadsheet select the rows or columns and choose Lock Title Position from the Options menu Choose it again when you want to unlock titles This cell was selected when J Feb Lock Title Position was chosen Cells in the locked area have solid borders Note You can t select cells in locked titles and you can t lock titles in a spreadsheet frame X Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 7 20 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Adding and removing page breaks Spreadsheet pages break automatically when the page is full In the Help index see gt pages breaks To Do this Add page breaks manually that Select the cell row or columns where you want the page occur before the automatic page to end Then choose Add Page Break from the Options breaks menu AppleWorks marks the break with a dotted line Remove a manual page break Select the cell row or column where you previously set the page break and then choose Remove Page Break from the Options menu Remove all manual page breaks Choose RemoveAll Breaks from the Options menu Changing the display To change how AppleWorks displays the cell grid row and column headings formulas and circular references choose Display from the Options menu Select or deselect o
317. wse List or Find mode click within the field Duplicating deleting and moving records ee M I In the Help index see gt records adding gt records deleting When records are similar you can save time and prevent data entry errors by duplicating records Once you duplicate a record you can change only the values that are different in the new record and avoid retyping identical information You can also copy and paste a record to duplicate it or delete one or more records at a time Select the record to duplicate delete or move To and then Duplicate a record Choose Duplicate Record from the Edit menu AppleWorks adds a copy of the record to the end of the database and places the insertion point in the first field ready for you to enter data Copy and paste a record into Click on the Default button bar or choose Copy from another document application the Edit menu Then click or choose Paste If you re or database pasting the record into an AppleWorks database the copy is added to the end of the database Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 8 16 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Select the record to duplicate delete or move To and then Delete a record Choose Delete Record from the Edit menu If you change your mind before you do anything else click on the Default button bar or choose Undo from the Edit
318. xcept a communications document You don t need to create a frame first Consider using a draw document for large drawings or for designing or laying out a page For example you can Drawing basics create layouts for newsletters brochures and announcements design a logo or letterhead create professional looking forms such as invoices and project planning sheets design a border or background and create a master page to place the border or background on every page of a presentation make flowcharts or seating and organizational charts illustrate floor plans and furniture arrangements Main Street Elm Street Combine lines text frames and ready made pictures to create a simple map Belvedere Avenue Chestnut Street You use the same tools and commands any time you work with the drawing tools 5 2 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual Creating a drawing To Do this Example In the Help index see Create a blank Choose New from the File menu draw document select Drawing and then click OK gt documents creating gt documents opening Or click Bi on the Default button bar If you don t see the button bar choose Show Button Bar from the Window menu A draw document Draw objects in any type Select a drawing tool from the of document except tool panel and drag the pointer communications in the document If you don t see the panel choose Show Tools from the Window menu
319. y paun concern doubt dubiety incertitude indecision mistrust ___ J Select the question query skepticism suspicion wonder synonym you want fas ford Cancel Replace Click to replace the selected word Shows the selected word If you type a different Click to see a list of all or type a different word to word Click to see a list words you ve looked up look up of synonyms recently Changing dictionaries To install and select additional dictionary hyphenation and thesaurus files j Pe inthe Helpindex see choose Writing Tools from the Edit menu and then choose Select Dictionaries gt dictionaries You can also create and select different user dictionaries for specialized terms or proper nouns that don t appear in the main dictionary For more instructions on changing dictionaries see onscreen Help amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Text word processing 4 33 Editing dictionaries EEE EE SSeS SSS In the Help index see gt modifying dictionaries gt selecting dictionaries To edit words in your user or hyphenation dictionaries choose Writing Tools from the Edit menu and then choose Edit User Dictionary or Edit Hyphenation Dictionary In the dialog box you can edit dictionary entries import dictionary entries from a text file or export the contents of a dictionary to a
320. y in the top row or left column is treated plotted or used for labels Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Spreadsheet 7 31 Note AppleWorks provides numerous techniques for setting and changing the chart s elements You can experiment with the various techniques for working with chart elements described in onscreen Help If you don t like the results click on the Default button bar or choose Undo from the Edit menu You can also choose Revert from the File menu or delete the chart and make a new one Deleting copying or moving a chart In the Help index see gt charts modifying A chart is an object that you can delete cut copy move or resize To start select the chart by clicking it A selected chart has handles To Select the chart and then Cut or copy a chart On the Default button bar click to cut or to copy or choose Cut or Copy from the Edit menu Cutting or copying a chart breaks its link to the chart s spreadsheet Move a chart to another Drag it to a new position not by a handle Moving a chart location in the same maintains the link to the chart s spreadsheet document Resize a chart Drag one of its handles Scale a chart to a specific Choose Scale By Percent from the Arrange menu and then enter percentage percentages to scale the chart horizontally and vertically Hide a
321. y useful for creating a blank line within a numbered list without affecting the sequence of numbers I Planning Last time this process took three months Il Funding A Grants B Leang Unlabeled line amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Modifying and removing outline labels Text word processing 4 17 To change the outline label for specific topics select the topics and choose the format you want from the pop up menu I Planning I Planning I Funding II Funding Grants Loans Harvard labels Diamond labels To remove an outline label such as the Roman numeral in a line of a Harvard style outline select one or more lines and choose None from the P pop up menu I Planning I Planning Il Funding Grants Loans Harvard labels No labels Rearranging outline topics To move topics Do this 7 Left or right Select the topic and choose x In the Help index see between outline Move Left or MoveRight from the gt topics levels Outline menu Example before and after A Grants A Grants B Loans B Loans Mal nstitutional institutional 2 Government 1 Government 3 Private Sector 2 Private Sector Move Left And subtopics Select the topic and choose up ordownin Move Above or Move Below from the outline the Outline menu You can also drag topic labels up and down to reorder topics
322. y offer Author M Ejay ersion 2 0 Keywords Promotion Category General Description Free companion fare to UK in October Set Password Cancel When you save a document as regular stationery and store it in the AppleWorks Stationery folder you see the document s summary information in the New Document dialog box What you enter for Appears in the New Document dialog box as the Title Document name in the scrolling list Category Category name Description Document s description Note You can enter more than one category For example if you enter Business Home Education the document appears in the Business category the Home category and the Education category amp Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Creating opening and printing documents 2 17 Protecting documents with passwords In the Help index see gt passwords You can protect a document or stationery by setting a password which you and other users must type before you can open the document or stationery using AppleWorks 1 Choose Document Summary from the File menu 2 Click Set Password type a password up to 255 characters of letters numbers or symbols and then click OK 3 In the confirmation dialog box type the password again and then click OK Important Keep the following points in
323. ype City Calistoga Avg Price O Reviewed Finds the Italian restaurants and any restaurant in Calistoga All records that do not contain a specific value Type lt gt or Option before the value to find records not including empty fields Or type or select the value and then click the Omit box to find all records including ones with empty fields Restaurant Avg Price El Reviewed Finds all restaurants not in Napa Records with a value less than a specific number Type lt before the value Restaurant Type City El Reviewed Avg Price Finds restaurants with average meal prices less than 10 Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 8 26 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual As you work with find requests keep the following tips in mind You can save and reuse a find request by creating a named search For more information see Saving a find request named search next Pop up menus radio buttons or checkbox fields are initially excluded from a find request If you select a value for a find request and then change your mind you can still exclude the value To exclude a Do this in the find request Pop up menu Choose Don t Care Radio button Click the radio button again Checkbox field Click the checkbox until you see a hyphen When you sort search for or hide records AppleWorks renumb
324. ype is Record Info because AppleWorks enters those values for you Drag the control up or down to move quickly through records Customer Cooks and Books Street 45 First St City Belmont State CA Fields for one Postal 94002 record Monthly 80 555 00 Sales Customer Equestrian Books To select a field Street 12 Main St click within its City Woodside borders Fields in a standard layout in Browse mode Note If the entire record becomes selected it means you clicked outside a field and selected the whole record To select a field click within the field borders To deselect a record press Enter on the numeric keypad and then try again Or make the first field active by pressing Tab To Do this Move to the next field Press Tab Move to the previous field Press Shift Tab Edit data in a field Click in the field and edit the data Insert a tab within a field Press 38 Tab Enter the current date in a date field or current time in a time field Enter a date time or number Press 88 Hyphen Type numerals and punctuation characters Choose Index from the 2 or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic 8 14 AppleWorks 5 User s Manual To Do this Enter a name in a name field For names that you want to sort by the ast word in the field type the first and last name for example Jane Adams sorts by A
325. ze a spreadsheet frame Do this Select the frame and then drag a handle Open the frame to see more of the spreadsheet Select the frame and then choose Open Frame from the Window menu When you open the frame you see the spreadsheet in a new window The open frame is linked to the original document Any changes you make in the open frame are also made in the document Open a frame that s inline in text Select the spreadsheet tool choose Show Tools from the Window menu if it isn t visible click in the frame to select a cell and then choose Open Frame from the Window menu Change the number of rows and columns in the spreadsheet frame Select the frame and then choose Open Frame from the Window menu Choose Document from the Format menu and then type new size values Close an open frame Choose Close from the File menu Change which part of the spreadsheet shows in the frame Select any cell in the frame and then choose Display from the Options menu Type a cell address in the Origin box and then click OK Choose Index from the or Help menu and scroll to the entry Then choose a topic from the list and click Go To Topic Spreadsheet 7 5 As you work with spreadsheet frames keep the following points in mind You can t change or open any type of frame in a paint document See Adding text and spreadsheets on page 6 14 for more information a You can link two or mor

AppleWorks 5 User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents